Oblivion Speedrun Wiki - User contributions [en]

Module:Yesno

2025-09-25T23:40:38Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Yesno to Module:Yesno

-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.

return function (val, default)
-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you
-- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the
-- following line.
val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val
if val == nil then
return nil
elseif val == true
or val == 'yes'
or val == 'y'
or val == 'true'
or val == 't'
or val == 'on'
or tonumber(val) == 1
then
return true
elseif val == false
or val == 'no'
or val == 'n'
or val == 'false'
or val == 'f'
or val == 'off'
or tonumber(val) == 0
then
return false
else
return default
end
end

Module:Transclusion count/data/N

2025-09-25T23:40:38Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Transclusion count/data/N to Module:Transclusion count/data/N

return {
["N"] = 13000,
["N/A"] = 22000,
["N/a"] = 49000,
["NA-Class"] = 14000,
["NASTRO_comment"] = 30000,
["NBA_Draft_template_list"] = 3400,
["NBA_Year"] = 5500,
["NBA_color"] = 3500,
["NBA_color_cell"] = 4200,
["NBA_color_cell2"] = 3300,
["NBA_player_statistics_legend"] = 4000,
["NBA_player_statistics_start"] = 3600,
["NBbox"] = 3400,
["NCAA_color_cell"] = 8700,
["NCAA_secondary_color_cell"] = 3900,
["NCES_District_ID"] = 2600,
["NED"] = 9900,
["NEXTYEAR"] = 7200,
["NFLAltPrimaryColor"] = 2300,
["NFLAltPrimaryStyle"] = 5700,
["NFLPrimaryColor"] = 2200,
["NFLPrimaryStyle"] = 28000,
["NFLSecondaryColor"] = 19000,
["NFL_Roster_navbox_template_list"] = 2500,
["NFL_Year"] = 22000,
["NFL_predraft"] = 4800,
["NFL_predraft/check"] = 4800,
["NFL_predraft/ftin"] = 4800,
["NFT"] = 6500,
["NFT_player"] = 30000,
["NGA"] = 3100,
["NGR"] = 2300,
["NHLE"] = 17000,
["NHLS_url"] = 2200,
["NLD"] = 11000,
["NLM_content"] = 2800,
["NOINDEX"] = 427000,
["NOMIS2011"] = 2300,
["NOR"] = 9100,
["NRDB_species"] = 6400,
["NRHP-PA"] = 2600,
["NRHPGoogleMapFootnote"] = 2500,
["NRHP_Focus"] = 75000,
["NRHP_color"] = 3700,
["NRHP_date_for_lists"] = 3100,
["NRHP_date_for_lists/dates"] = 3100,
["NRHP_header"] = 3300,
["NRHP_navigation_box"] = 8100,
["NRHP_row"] = 3400,
["NRHP_style"] = 69000,
["NRHP_url"] = 29000,
["NRHP_url/core"] = 31000,
["NRISref"] = 72000,
["NSWcity"] = 2100,
["NSWcity/core"] = 2100,
["NUMBEROFSECTIONS"] = 2800,
["NYCS_br"] = 2700,
["NYCS_time_2"] = 3100,
["NZL"] = 6900,
["NZ_electorate_link"] = 2200,
["Na"] = 2100,
["Nac"] = 2400,
["Namespace_detect"] = 543000,
["Namespace_detect_showall"] = 5300,
["Nastaliq"] = 9800,
["Nat_fs_end"] = 2300,
["National_Film_Awards/style"] = 2100,
["National_Heritage_List_for_England"] = 21000,
["National_Rail_style"] = 5600,
["National_Register_of_Historic_Places"] = 29000,
["National_Register_of_Historic_Places_in_Massachusetts"] = 4400,
["National_Register_of_Historic_Places_in_New_York"] = 5500,
["National_Register_of_Historic_Places_in_North_Carolina"] = 2900,
["National_Register_of_Historic_Places_in_Pennsylvania"] = 3200,
["National_Register_of_Historic_Places_in_Virginia"] = 3100,
["National_basketball_squad"] = 3200,
["National_field_hockey_squad"] = 3900,
["National_football_squad_end"] = 2900,
["National_football_squad_start/styles.css"] = 2400,
["National_rugby_union_team"] = 3500,
["National_squad"] = 40000,
["National_squad_no_numbers"] = 17000,
["Native_name"] = 15000,
["Native_name_checker"] = 78000,
["Navbar"] = 110000,
["Navbar-collapsible"] = 3200,
["Navbar-header"] = 16000,
["Navbar-header/styles.css"] = 16000,
["Navbox"] = 2990000,
["Navbox_GR_munic"] = 3500,
["Navbox_Musical_artist"] = 9500,
["Navbox_bottom"] = 14000,
["Navbox_decade_list"] = 11000,
["Navbox_ice_hockey"] = 2200,
["Navbox_musical_artist"] = 216000,
["Navbox_musical_artist/color"] = 216000,
["Navbox_rugby_league_squad"] = 5300,
["Navbox_season_by_team"] = 3100,
["Navbox_top"] = 14000,
["Navbox_with_collapsible_groups"] = 128000,
["Navbox_with_collapsible_sections"] = 2200,
["Navbox_with_columns"] = 25000,
["Navboxes"] = 53000,
["Navboxes_colour"] = 6100,
["Navseasoncats"] = 461000,
["Navseasoncats_with_centuries_below_decade"] = 6500,
["Navseasoncats_with_decades_below_year"] = 19000,
["Navsource"] = 2500,
["Navy"] = 20000,
["Navy/core"] = 20000,
["Nay"] = 16000,
["Nbay"] = 5500,
["Nbsp"] = 457000,
["Nbsp_to_space"] = 18000,
["Ndash"] = 18000,
["Nee"] = 7200,
["NeilBrownPlayers"] = 3100,
["New_York_Stock_Exchange"] = 2000,
["New_user_bar"] = 57000,
["Newbot"] = 4100,
["Next_period"] = 20000,
["Nfly"] = 2100,
["Nihongo"] = 100000,
["Nihongo2"] = 12000,
["Nihongo_foot"] = 2400,
["No"] = 7700,
["No."] = 14000,
["No2"] = 9500,
["NoSpam"] = 4000,
["NoSpamEmail"] = 17000,
["No_col_break"] = 2200,
["No_col_break/styles.css"] = 2200,
["No_footnotes"] = 51000,
["No_ping"] = 376000,
["No_plot"] = 4700,
["No_redirect"] = 544000,
["No_spam"] = 248000,
["No_wrap"] = 2200,
["Nobold"] = 373000,
["Nobold/styles.css"] = 373000,
["Nobr"] = 4400,
["Nobreak"] = 28000,
["Nochange"] = 2400,
["Noflag"] = 2000,
["Nofootnotes"] = 2000,
["Noindex"] = 4800,
["Noitalic"] = 4500,
["Noitalic/styles.css"] = 4500,
["Nom"] = 37000,
["Nominated"] = 6400,
["Non-English-language_text_category"] = 2200,
["Non-admin_closure"] = 2500,
["Non-diffusing_subcategory"] = 12000,
["Non-free_2D_art"] = 6600,
["Non-free_3D_art"] = 2300,
["Non-free_album_cover"] = 194000,
["Non-free_audio_sample"] = 8500,
["Non-free_biog-pic"] = 23000,
["Non-free_book_cover"] = 53000,
["Non-free_character"] = 2300,
["Non-free_comic"] = 11000,
["Non-free_fair_use"] = 17000,
["Non-free_fair_use_in"] = 14000,
["Non-free_film_poster"] = 21000,
["Non-free_film_screenshot"] = 5100,
["Non-free_game_cover"] = 6800,
["Non-free_game_screenshot"] = 4400,
["Non-free_historic_image"] = 16000,
["Non-free_image_data"] = 8300,
["Non-free_image_rationale"] = 9600,
["Non-free_in_US"] = 2200,
["Non-free_logo"] = 162000,
["Non-free_magazine_cover"] = 7600,
["Non-free_media"] = 711000,
["Non-free_media_data"] = 9500,
["Non-free_media_rationale"] = 11000,
["Non-free_movie_poster"] = 20000,
["Non-free_poster"] = 78000,
["Non-free_promotional"] = 8900,
["Non-free_school_logo"] = 2400,
["Non-free_seal"] = 3800,
["Non-free_symbol"] = 6100,
["Non-free_television_screenshot"] = 16000,
["Non-free_title-card"] = 5100,
["Non-free_use_rationale"] = 453000,
["Non-free_use_rationale_2"] = 200000,
["Non-free_use_rationale_album_cover"] = 128000,
["Non-free_use_rationale_book_cover"] = 18000,
["Non-free_use_rationale_logo"] = 96000,
["Non-free_use_rationale_poster"] = 49000,
["Non-free_use_rationale_title-card"] = 2400,
["Non-free_use_rationale_video_cover"] = 5700,
["Non-free_use_rationale_video_game_cover"] = 10000,
["Non-free_video_cover"] = 16000,
["Non-free_video_game_cover"] = 21000,
["Non-free_video_game_cover/platform"] = 20000,
["Non-free_video_game_screenshot"] = 10000,
["Non-free_video_game_screenshot/platform"] = 9300,
["Non-free_with_NC"] = 2700,
["Non-free_with_permission"] = 2200,
["Nonspecific"] = 2300,
["Nonumtoc"] = 2400,
["Nonumtoc/styles.css"] = 2400,
["Noping"] = 363000,
["Noprint"] = 2900,
["Noredirect"] = 8000,
["Normalwraplink"] = 3300,
["NorthAmNative"] = 2600,
["North_America_topic"] = 3500,
["Northern_Ireland_tasks"] = 19000,
["Nospam"] = 15000,
["Not-PD-US-expired-min-year"] = 26000,
["Not_a_ballot"] = 7600,
["Not_a_forum"] = 7400,
["Not_a_typo"] = 9300,
["Not_around"] = 2800,
["Not_done"] = 19000,
["Notability"] = 60000,
["Notavote"] = 2100,
["Notdone"] = 5300,
["Note"] = 25000,
["NoteFoot"] = 3500,
["NoteTag"] = 3500,
["Note_label"] = 8800,
["Notelist"] = 162000,
["Notelist-lr"] = 3200,
["Notelist-ua"] = 6100,
["Notes"] = 6600,
["Noteslist"] = 3400,
["Notice"] = 111000,
["NovelsWikiProject"] = 19000,
["Nowiki_="] = 2300,
["Nowrap"] = 821000,
["Np"] = 2500,
["Npby"] = 2300,
["Nq"] = 3100,
["Nrut"] = 3500,
["Ns"] = 2500,
["Ns0"] = 105000,
["Ns_has_subpages"] = 2170000,
["Nts"] = 20000,
["Ntsh"] = 3200,
["Number_of_defined_parameters"] = 4600,
["Number_table_sorting"] = 33000,
["Number_table_sorting_hidden"] = 3200,
["Number_to_word"] = 7000,
["Numero"] = 3200,
["Numrec"] = 2000,
["Nutshell"] = 3800,
["Nw="] = 2300,
["Module:NUMBEROFSECTIONS"] = 2800,
["Module:Namespace_detect"] = 15500000,
["Module:Namespace_detect/config"] = 16500000,
["Module:Namespace_detect/data"] = 16500000,
["Module:National_squad"] = 53000,
["Module:Native_name"] = 87000,
["Module:Navbar"] = 5330000,
["Module:Navbar/configuration"] = 5330000,
["Module:Navbar/styles.css"] = 4700000,
["Module:Navbox"] = 4330000,
["Module:Navbox/configuration"] = 4330000,
["Module:Navbox/styles.css"] = 4330000,
["Module:Navbox_ice_hockey"] = 2200,
["Module:Navbox_top_and_bottom"] = 14000,
["Module:Navbox_with_collapsible_groups"] = 133000,
["Module:Navboxes"] = 53000,
["Module:Navseasoncats"] = 461000,
["Module:Nihongo"] = 102000,
["Module:No_globals"] = 18200000,
["Module:No_ping"] = 444000,
["Module:Noinclude"] = 11000,
["Module:Ns_has_subpages"] = 2170000,
["Module:Number_table_sorting"] = 35000,
}

Module:Transclusion count

2025-09-25T23:40:38Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Transclusion count to Module:Transclusion count

local p = {}

function p.fetch(frame)
local template = nil
local return_value = nil

-- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherswise use current template name
local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace
if frame.args["demo"] and frame.args["demo"] ~= "" then
template = frame.args["demo"]
elseif namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace
template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text
elseif namespace == 828 then -- Module namespace
template = (mw.site.namespaces[828].name .. ":" .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text)
end

-- If in template or module namespace, look up count in /data
if template ~= nil then
namespace = mw.title.new(template, "Template").namespace
if namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 then
template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/doc$", "") -- strip /doc from end
local index = mw.ustring.sub(mw.title.new(template).text,1,1)
local status, data = pcall(function ()
return(mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion_count/data/' .. (mw.ustring.find(index, "%a") and index or "other")))
end)
if status then
return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, " ", "_")])
end
end
end

-- If database value doesn't exist, use value passed to template
if return_value == nil and frame.args[1] ~= nil then
local arg1=mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], '[%d,]+')
if arg1 and arg1 ~= '' then
return_value = tonumber(frame:callParserFunction('formatnum', arg1, 'R'))
end
end

return return_value
end

-- Tabulate this data for [[Wikipedia:Database reports/Templates transcluded on the most pages]]
function p.tabulate(frame)
local list = {}
for i = 65, 91 do
local data = mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion count/data/' .. ((i == 91) and 'other' or string.char(i)))
for name, count in pairs(data) do
table.insert(list, {mw.title.new(name, "Template").fullText, count})
end
end
table.sort(list, function(a, b)
return (a[2] == b[2]) and (a[1] < b[1]) or (a[2] > b[2])
end)
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
for i = 1, #list do
list[i] = ('|-\n| %d || [[%s]] || %s\n'):format(i, list[i][1]:gsub('_', ' '), lang:formatNum(list[i][2]))
end
return table.concat(list)
end

return p

Module:Template link general

2025-09-25T23:40:37Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Template link general to Module:Template link general

-- This implements Template:Tlg
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local p = {}

-- Is a string non-empty?
local function _ne(s)
return s ~= nil and s ~= ""
end

local nw = mw.text.nowiki

local function addTemplate(s)
local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true)
if i == nil then
return 'Template:' .. s
end
local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1)
if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then
return s
else
return 'Template:' .. s
end
end

local function trimTemplate(s)
local needle = 'template:'
if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then
return s:sub(needle:len() + 1)
else
return s
end
end

local function linkTitle(args)
if _ne(args.nolink) then
return args['1']
end

local titleObj
local titlePart = '[['
if args['1'] then
-- This handles :Page and other NS
titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template')
else
titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end

titlePart = titlePart .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or
addTemplate(args['1']))

local textPart = args.alttext
if not _ne(textPart) then
if titleObj ~= nil then
textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText
else
-- redlink
textPart = args['1']
end
end

if _ne(args.subst) then
-- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken
textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart
end

if _ne(args.brace) then
textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}')
elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then
textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}')
end

titlePart = titlePart .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]'
if _ne(args.braceinside) then
titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}')
end
return titlePart
end

function p.main(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame, {
trim = true,
removeBlanks = false
})
return p._main(args)
end

function p._main(args)
local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname)
local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics)
local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside)
local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt)
local show_result = _ne(args._show_result)
local expand = _ne(args._expand)

-- Build the link part
local titlePart = linkTitle(args)
if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end
if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end

-- Build the arguments
local textPart = ""
local textPartBuffer = "|"
local codeArguments = {}
local codeArgumentsString = ""
local i = 2
local j = 1
while args[i] do
local val = args[i]
if val ~= "" then
if _ne(args.nowiki) then
-- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will
-- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up
val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val))
end
local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)")
if not k then
codeArguments[j] = val
j = j + 1
else
codeArguments[k] = v
end
codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val
if italic then
val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>'
end
textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val
end
i = i + 1
end

-- final wrap
local ret = titlePart .. textPart
if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end
if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. ' ' .. ret end
if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end
if code then
ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>'
elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then
ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;">' .. ret .. '</code>'
end
if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end

--[[ Wrap as html??
local span = mw.html.create('span')
span:wikitext(ret)
--]]
if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end

if show_result then
local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments}
ret = ret .. " → " .. result
end

if expand then
local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}')
local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query)
mw.log()
ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]"
end

return ret
end

return p

Module:TableTools

2025-09-25T23:40:37Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:TableTools to Module:TableTools

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- TableTools --
-- --
-- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. --
-- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not --
-- be called directly from #invoke. --
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')

local p = {}

-- Define often-used variables and functions.
local floor = math.floor
local infinity = math.huge
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isPositiveInteger
--
-- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false
-- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is
-- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the
-- hash part of a table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isPositiveInteger(v)
return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isNan
--
-- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if
-- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful
-- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an
-- error if a NaN is used as a table key.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isNan(v)
return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- shallowClone
--
-- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all
-- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned
-- table will have no metatable of its own.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.shallowClone(t)
checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table')
local ret = {}
for k, v in pairs(t) do
ret[k] = v
end
return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- removeDuplicates
--
-- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are
-- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are
-- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.removeDuplicates(arr)
checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table')
local isNan = p.isNan
local ret, exists = {}, {}
for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
if isNan(v) then
-- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence.
ret[#ret + 1] = v
else
if not exists[v] then
ret[#ret + 1] = v
exists[v] = true
end
end
end
return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- numKeys
--
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical
-- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.numKeys(t)
checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table')
local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger
local nums = {}
for k in pairs(t) do
if isPositiveInteger(k) then
nums[#nums + 1] = k
end
end
table.sort(nums)
return nums
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- affixNums
--
-- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the
-- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table
-- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return
-- {1, 3, 6}.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix)
checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table')
checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true)
checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true)

local function cleanPattern(s)
-- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally.
return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1')
end

prefix = prefix or ''
suffix = suffix or ''
prefix = cleanPattern(prefix)
suffix = cleanPattern(suffix)
local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$'

local nums = {}
for k in pairs(t) do
if type(k) == 'string' then
local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern)
if num then
nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num)
end
end
end
table.sort(nums)
return nums
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- numData
--
-- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table
-- of subtables in the format
-- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}.
-- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The
-- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with
-- ipairs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.numData(t, compress)
checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table')
checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true)
local ret = {}
for k, v in pairs(t) do
local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$')
if num then
num = tonumber(num)
local subtable = ret[num] or {}
if prefix == '' then
-- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead.
prefix = 1
end
subtable[prefix] = v
ret[num] = subtable
else
local subtable = ret.other or {}
subtable[k] = v
ret.other = subtable
end
end
if compress then
local other = ret.other
ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret)
ret.other = other
end
return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- compressSparseArray
--
-- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values
-- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with
-- ipairs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.compressSparseArray(t)
checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table')
local ret = {}
local nums = p.numKeys(t)
for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
ret[#ret + 1] = t[num]
end
return ret
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sparseIpairs
--
-- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can
-- handle nil values.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.sparseIpairs(t)
checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table')
local nums = p.numKeys(t)
local i = 0
local lim = #nums
return function ()
i = i + 1
if i <= lim then
local key = nums[i]
return key, t[key]
else
return nil, nil
end
end
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- size
--
-- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays,
-- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.size(t)
checkType('size', 1, t, 'table')
local i = 0
for _ in pairs(t) do
i = i + 1
end
return i
end

local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2)
-- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings.
local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2)
if type1 ~= type2 then
return type1 < type2
elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then
return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2)
else
return item1 < item2
end
end
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- keysToList
--
-- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default
-- comparison function or a custom keySort function.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked)
if not checked then
checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table')
checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'})
end

local arr = {}
local index = 1
for k in pairs(t) do
arr[index] = k
index = index + 1
end

if keySort ~= false then
keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort
table.sort(arr, keySort)
end

return arr
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sortedPairs
--
-- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function.
-- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort)
checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table')
checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true)

local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true)

local i = 0
return function ()
i = i + 1
local key = arr[i]
if key ~= nil then
return key, t[key]
else
return nil, nil
end
end
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isArray
--
-- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive
-- integers starting at 1.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isArray(v)
if type(v) ~= 'table' then
return false
end
local i = 0
for _ in pairs(v) do
i = i + 1
if v[i] == nil then
return false
end
end
return true
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- isArrayLike
--
-- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive
-- integers starting at 1.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.isArrayLike(v)
if not pcall(pairs, v) then
return false
end
local i = 0
for _ in pairs(v) do
i = i + 1
if v[i] == nil then
return false
end
end
return true
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- invert
--
-- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} ->
-- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to
-- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.invert(arr)
checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table")
local isNan = p.isNan
local map = {}
for i, v in ipairs(arr) do
if not isNan(v) then
map[v] = i
end
end

return map
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- listToSet
--
-- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the
-- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} ->
-- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them
-- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.listToSet(arr)
checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table")
local isNan = p.isNan
local set = {}
for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
if not isNan(v) then
set[v] = true
end
end

return set
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- deepCopy
--
-- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen)
-- Stores copies of tables indexed by the original table.
already_seen = already_seen or {}

local copy = already_seen[orig]
if copy ~= nil then
return copy
end

if type(orig) == 'table' then
copy = {}
for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do
copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen)
end
already_seen[orig] = copy

if includeMetatable then
local mt = getmetatable(orig)
if mt ~= nil then
local mt_copy = _deepCopy(mt, includeMetatable, already_seen)
setmetatable(copy, mt_copy)
already_seen[mt] = mt_copy
end
end
else -- number, string, boolean, etc
copy = orig
end
return copy
end

function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen)
checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true)
return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen)
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- sparseConcat
--
-- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order.
-- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd"
-- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd"
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j)
local arr = {}

local arr_i = 0
for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do
arr_i = arr_i + 1
arr[arr_i] = v
end

return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j)
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- length
--
-- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1",
-- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the
-- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array
-- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For
-- other tables, use #.
-- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number
-- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.length(t, prefix)
-- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is
-- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions
local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search")
checkType('length', 1, t, 'table')
checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true)
return expSearch(function (i)
local key
if prefix then
key = prefix .. tostring(i)
else
key = i
end
return t[key] ~= nil
end) or 0
end

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- inArray
--
-- Returns true if valueToFind is a member of the array, and false otherwise.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind)
checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table")
-- if valueToFind is nil, error?

for _, v in ipairs(arr) do
if v == valueToFind then
return true
end
end
return false
end

return p

Module:String

2025-09-25T23:40:37Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:String to Module:String

--[[

This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.

Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters,
unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or
remove such whitespace.

Global options
ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in
an empty string being returned rather than an error message.

error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to
include with the error message. The default category is
[Category:Errors reported by Module String].

no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error
is generated.

Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.
]]

local str = {}

--[[
len

This function returns the length of the target string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}

Parameters
s: The string whose length to report

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.
]]
function str.len( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
return mw.ustring.len( s )
end

--[[
sub

This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}

Parameters
s: The string to return a subset of
i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.
j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.

The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by
counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as
selecting the last character of the string.

If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is
reported.
]]
function str.sub( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1
local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1

local len = mw.ustring.len( s )

-- Convert negatives for range checking
if i < 0 then
i = len + i + 1
end
if j < 0 then
j = len + j + 1
end

if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then
return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' )
end
if j < i then
return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' )
end

return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )
end

--[[
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order
to maintain these older templates.
]]
function str.sublength( frame )
local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0
local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )
return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )
end

--[[
_match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules

Usage:
strmatch = require("Module:String")._match
sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch )

Parameters
s: The string to search
pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first
character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1.
match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
the last match. Defaults to 1.
plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
text. Defaults to false.
nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules
function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
if s == '' then
return str._error( 'Target string is empty' )
end
if pattern == '' then
return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' )
end
start = tonumber(start) or 1
if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then
return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' )
end
if match_index == 0 then
return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' )
end
if plain_flag then
pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
end

local result
if match_index == 1 then
-- Find first match is simple case
result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )
else
if start > 1 then
s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start )
end

local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern)
if match_index > 0 then
-- Forward search
for w in iterator do
match_index = match_index - 1
if match_index == 0 then
result = w
break
end
end
else
-- Reverse search
local result_table = {}
local count = 1
for w in iterator do
result_table[count] = w
count = count + 1
end

result = result_table[ count + match_index ]
end
end

if result == nil then
if nomatch == nil then
return str._error( 'Match not found' )
else
return nomatch
end
else
return result
end
end

--[[
match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index
|match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}

Parameters
s: The string to search
pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first
character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1.
match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
the last match. Defaults to 1.
plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
text. Defaults to false.
nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then
this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found.
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and
an empty string will be returned on any failure.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match
function str.match( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1
local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false )
local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 )
local nomatch = new_args['nomatch']

return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
end

--[[
pos

This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}

Parameters
target: The string to search
pos: The index for the character to return

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

The first character has an index value of 1.

If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards
from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.

A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.
]]
function str.pos( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} )
local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''
local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0

if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then
return str._error( 'String index out of range' )
end

return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos )
end

--[[
str_find

This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for
new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead.

Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based,
and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source".

Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a
value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for
separatetly.
]]
function str.str_find( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''

if target_str == '' then
return 1
end

local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )
if start == nil then
start = -1
end

return start
end

--[[
find

This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
source: The string to search
target: The string or pattern to find within source
start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1
plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain
text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found
within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this
function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this
function also returns 0.

This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.
]]
function str.find( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local pattern = new_args['target'] or ''
local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1
local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
return 0
end

plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )
if start == nil then
start = 0
end

return start
end

--[[
replace

This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|
count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
source: The string to search
pattern: The string or pattern to find within source
replace: The replacement text
count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.
plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain
text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true
]]
function str.replace( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
local replace = new_args['replace'] or ''
local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] )
local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
return source_str
end
plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

if plain then
pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences.
end

local result

if count ~= nil then
result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count )
else
result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace )
end

return result
end

--[[
simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.
]]
function str.rep( frame )
local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )
if not repetitions then
return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' )
end
return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions )
end

--[[
escapePattern

This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1]
for details on how patterns work.

[1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}}

Parameters
pattern_string: The pattern string to escape.
]]
function str.escapePattern( frame )
local pattern_str = frame.args[1]
if not pattern_str then
return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' )
end
local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
return result
end

--[[
count
This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another.
]]
function str.count(frame)
local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'})
local source = args.source or ''
local pattern = args.pattern or ''
local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true)
if plain then
pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern)
end
local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '')
return count
end

--[[
endswith
This function determines whether a string ends with another string.
]]
function str.endswith(frame)
local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'})
local source = args.source or ''
local pattern = args.pattern or ''
if pattern == '' then
-- All strings end with the empty string.
return "yes"
end
if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then
return "yes"
else
return ""
end
end

--[[
join

Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator.
Usage:
{{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}}
]]
function str.join(frame)
local args = {}
local sep
for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do
if sep then
if v ~= '' then
table.insert(args, v)
end
else
sep = v
end
end
return table.concat( args, sep or '' )
end

--[[
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of
named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.
]]
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )
local new_args = {}
local index = 1
local value

for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do
value = frame_args[arg]
if value == nil then
value = frame_args[index]
index = index + 1
end
new_args[arg] = value
end

return new_args
end

--[[
Helper function to handle error messages.
]]
function str._error( error_str )
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String'
local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false
local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false

if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then
return ''
end

local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>'
if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then
error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str
end

return error_str
end

--[[
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings
]]
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )
local boolean_value

if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then
boolean_str = boolean_str:lower()
if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0'
or boolean_str == '' then
boolean_value = false
else
boolean_value = true
end
elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then
boolean_value = boolean_str
else
error( 'No boolean value found' )
end
return boolean_value
end

--[[
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated
as plain text.
]]
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" )
end

return str

Module:Sidebar/configuration

2025-09-25T23:40:36Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Sidebar/configuration to Module:Sidebar/configuration

return {
i18n = {
child_yes = 'yes',
float_none = 'none',
float_left = 'left',
wrap_true = 'true',
navbar_none = 'none',
navbar_off = 'off',
default_list_title = 'List',
title_not_to_add_navbar = 'Template:Sidebar',
collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar = 'Template:Sidebar with collapsible lists',
templatestyles = 'Module:Sidebar/styles.css',
category = {
child = '[[Category:Pages using sidebar with the child parameter]]',
conversion = '[[Category:Sidebars with styles needing conversion]]'
},
pattern = {
collapse_sandbox = '/sandbox$',
sandbox = '/sandbox$',
subgroup = 'sidebar%-subgroup',
style_conversion = 'style$',
uncategorized_conversion_titles = {
'/[Ss]andbox',
'/[Tt]estcases',
'/[Dd]oc$'
}
},
class = {
sidebar = 'sidebar',
subgroup = 'sidebar-subgroup',
collapse = 'sidebar-collapse',
float_none = 'sidebar-none',
float_left = 'sidebar-left',
wraplinks = 'nowraplinks',
outer_title = 'sidebar-outer-title',
top_image = 'sidebar-top-image',
top_caption = 'sidebar-top-caption',
pretitle = 'sidebar-pretitle',
pretitle_with_top_image = 'sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image',
title = 'sidebar-title',
title_with_pretitle = 'sidebar-title-with-pretitle',
image = 'sidebar-image',
caption = 'sidebar-caption',
above = 'sidebar-above',
heading = 'sidebar-heading',
content = 'sidebar-content',
content_with_subgroup = 'sidebar-content-with-subgroup',
below = 'sidebar-below',
navbar = 'sidebar-navbar',
list = 'sidebar-list',
list_title = 'sidebar-list-title',
list_title_centered = 'sidebar-list-title-c',
list_content = 'sidebar-list-content'
}
}
}

Module:Sidebar

2025-09-25T23:40:36Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Sidebar to Module:Sidebar

--
-- This module implements {{Sidebar}}
--
require('Module:No globals')
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Sidebar/configuration')

local p = {}

local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

--[[
Categorizes calling templates and modules with a 'style' parameter of any sort
for tracking to convert to TemplateStyles.

TODO after a long cleanup: Catch sidebars in other namespaces than Template and Module.
TODO would probably want to remove /log and /archive as CS1 does
]]
local function categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args)
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if title.namespace ~= 10 and title.namespace ~= 828 then return '' end
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.i18n.pattern.uncategorized_conversion_titles) do
if title.text:match(pattern) then return '' end
end

for key, _ in pairs(args) do
if mw.ustring.find(key, cfg.i18n.pattern.style_conversion) or key == 'width' then
return cfg.i18n.category.conversion
end
end
end

--[[
For compatibility with the original {{sidebar with collapsible lists}}
implementation, which passed some parameters through {{#if}} to trim their
whitespace. This also triggered the automatic newline behavior.
]]
-- See ([[meta:Help:Newlines and spaces#Automatic newline]])
local function trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(s)
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1")
if mw.ustring.find(s, '^[#*:;]') or mw.ustring.find(s, '^{|') then
return '\n' .. s
else
return s
end
end

--[[
Finds whether a sidebar has a subgroup sidebar.
]]
local function hasSubgroup(s)
if mw.ustring.find(s, cfg.i18n.pattern.subgroup) then
return true
else
return false
end
end

--[[
Main sidebar function. Takes the frame, args, and an optional collapsibleClass.
The collapsibleClass is and should be used only for sidebars with collapsible
lists, as in p.collapsible.
]]
function p.sidebar(frame, args, collapsibleClass)
if not args then
args = getArgs(frame)
end
local root = mw.html.create()
local child = args.child and mw.text.trim(args.child) == cfg.i18n.child_yes

root = root:tag('table')
if not child then
root
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.sidebar)
-- force collapsibleclass to be sidebar-collapse otherwise output nothing
:addClass(collapsibleClass == cfg.i18n.class.collapse and cfg.i18n.class.collapse or nil)
:addClass('nomobile')
:addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_none and cfg.i18n.class.float_none or nil)
:addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_left and cfg.i18n.class.float_left or nil)
:addClass(args.wraplinks ~= cfg.i18n.wrap_true and cfg.i18n.class.wraplinks or nil)
:addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class)
:css('width', args.width or nil)
:cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style)

if args.outertitle then
root
:tag('caption')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.outer_title)
:addClass(args.outertitleclass)
:cssText(args.outertitlestyle)
:wikitext(args.outertitle)
end

if args.topimage then
local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td')

imageCell
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_image)
:addClass(args.topimageclass)
:cssText(args.topimagestyle)
:wikitext(args.topimage)

if args.topcaption then
imageCell
:tag('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_caption)
:cssText(args.topcaptionstyle)
:wikitext(args.topcaption)
end
end

if args.pretitle then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(args.topimage and cfg.i18n.class.pretitle_with_top_image
or cfg.i18n.class.pretitle)
:addClass(args.pretitleclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.pretitlestyle)
:wikitext(args.pretitle)
end
else
root
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.subgroup)
:addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class)
:cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style)
end

if args.title then
if child then
root
:wikitext(args.title)
else
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:addClass(args.pretitle and cfg.i18n.class.title_with_pretitle
or cfg.i18n.class.title)
:addClass(args.titleclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.titlestyle)
:wikitext(args.title)
end
end

if args.image then
local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td')

imageCell
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.image)
:addClass(args.imageclass)
:cssText(args.imagestyle)
:wikitext(args.image)

if args.caption then
imageCell
:tag('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.caption)
:cssText(args.captionstyle)
:wikitext(args.caption)
end
end

if args.above then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.above)
:addClass(args.aboveclass)
:cssText(args.abovestyle)
:newline() -- newline required for bullet-points to work
:wikitext(args.above)
end

local rowNums = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
k = '' .. k
local num = k:match('^heading(%d+)$') or k:match('^content(%d+)$')
if num then table.insert(rowNums, tonumber(num)) end
end
table.sort(rowNums)
-- remove duplicates from the list (e.g. 3 will be duplicated if both heading3
-- and content3 are specified)
for i = #rowNums, 1, -1 do
if rowNums[i] == rowNums[i - 1] then
table.remove(rowNums, i)
end
end

for i, num in ipairs(rowNums) do
local heading = args['heading' .. num]
if heading then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.heading)
:addClass(args.headingclass)
:addClass(args['heading' .. num .. 'class'])
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.headingstyle)
:cssText(args['heading' .. num .. 'style'])
:newline()
:wikitext(heading)
end

local content = args['content' .. num]
if content then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(hasSubgroup(content) and cfg.i18n.class.content_with_subgroup
or cfg.i18n.class.content)
:addClass(args.contentclass)
:addClass(args['content' .. num .. 'class'])
:cssText(args.contentstyle)
:cssText(args['content' .. num .. 'style'])
:newline()
:wikitext(content)
:done()
-- Without a linebreak after the </td>, a nested list like
-- "* {{hlist| ...}}" doesn't parse correctly.
:newline()
end
end

if args.below then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.below)
:addClass(args.belowclass)
:cssText(args.belowstyle)
:newline()
:wikitext(args.below)
end

if not child then
if args.navbar ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_none and args.navbar ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_off and
(args.name or frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.sandbox, '') ~=
cfg.i18n.title_not_to_add_navbar) then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.navbar)
:cssText(args.navbarstyle)
:wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{
args.name,
mini = 1,
fontstyle = args.navbarfontstyle
})
end
end

local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.templatestyles }
}

local templatestyles = ''
if args['templatestyles'] and args['templatestyles'] ~= '' then
templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] }
}
end

local child_templatestyles = ''
if args['child templatestyles'] and args['child templatestyles'] ~= '' then
child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] }
}
end

local grandchild_templatestyles = ''
if args['grandchild templatestyles'] and args['grandchild templatestyles'] ~= '' then
grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] }
}
end

return table.concat({
base_templatestyles,
templatestyles,
child_templatestyles,
grandchild_templatestyles,
tostring(root),
(child and cfg.i18n.category.child or ''),
categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args)
})
end

local function list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num)

local title_text = trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num .. 'title']
or cfg.i18n.default_list_title)

local title
if is_centered_list_titles then
-- collapsible can be finicky, so provide some CSS/HTML to support
title = mw.html.create('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title_centered)
:wikitext(title_text)
else
title = mw.html.create()
:wikitext(title_text)
end

local title_container = mw.html.create('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title)
-- don't /need/ a listnumtitleclass because you can do
-- .templateclass .listnumclass .sidebar-list-title
:addClass(args.listtitleclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.listtitlestyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'titlestyle'])
:node(title)
:done()

return title_container
end

--[[
Main entry point for sidebar with collapsible lists.
Does the work of creating the collapsible lists themselves and including them
into the args.
]]
function p.collapsible(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)
if not args.name and
frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.collapse_sandbox, '') ==
cfg.i18n.collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar then
args.navbar = cfg.i18n.navbar_none
end

local contentArgs = {}

local is_centered_list_titles
if args['centered list titles'] and args['centered list titles'] ~= '' then
is_centered_list_titles = true
else
is_centered_list_titles = false
end

for k, v in pairs(args) do
local num = string.match(k, '^list(%d+)$')
if num then
local expand = args.expanded and
(args.expanded == 'all' or args.expanded == args['list' .. num .. 'name'])
local row = mw.html.create('div')
row
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list)
:addClass('mw-collapsible')
:addClass((not expand) and 'mw-collapsed' or nil)
:addClass(args['list' .. num .. 'class'])
:cssText(args.listframestyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'framestyle'])
:node(list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num))
:tag('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_content)
:addClass('mw-collapsible-content')
-- don't /need/ a listnumstyleclass because you can do
-- .templatename .listnumclass .sidebar-list
:addClass(args.listclass)
:cssText(args.liststyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'style'])
:wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num]))

contentArgs['content' .. num] = tostring(row)
end
end

for k, v in pairs(contentArgs) do
args[k] = v
end

return p.sidebar(frame, args, cfg.i18n.class.collapse)
end

return p

Module:Redirect

2025-09-25T23:40:36Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Redirect to Module:Redirect

-- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page.

local p = {}

-- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we
-- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes).
local function getTitle(...)
local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
if success then
return titleObj
else
return nil
end
end

-- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a
-- redirect.
function p.getTargetFromText(text)
local target = string.match(
text,
"^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)%]%]"
) or string.match(
text,
"^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)|[^%[%]]-%]%]"
)
return target and mw.uri.decode(target, 'PATH')
end

-- Gets the target of a redirect. If the page specified is not a redirect,
-- returns nil.
function p.getTarget(page, fulltext)
-- Get the title object. Both page names and title objects are allowed
-- as input.
local titleObj
if type(page) == 'string' or type(page) == 'number' then
titleObj = getTitle(page)
elseif type(page) == 'table' and type(page.getContent) == 'function' then
titleObj = page
else
error(string.format(
"bad argument #1 to 'getTarget'"
.. " (string, number, or title object expected, got %s)",
type(page)
), 2)
end
if not titleObj then
return nil
end
local targetTitle = titleObj.redirectTarget
if targetTitle then
if fulltext then
return targetTitle.fullText
else
return targetTitle.prefixedText
end
else
return nil
end
end

--[[
-- Given a single page name determines what page it redirects to and returns the
-- target page name, or the passed page name when not a redirect. The passed
-- page name can be given as plain text or as a page link.
--
-- Returns page name as plain text, or when the bracket parameter is given, as a
-- page link. Returns an error message when page does not exist or the redirect
-- target cannot be determined for some reason.
--]]
function p.luaMain(rname, bracket, fulltext)
if type(rname) ~= "string" or not rname:find("%S") then
return nil
end
bracket = bracket and "[[%s]]" or "%s"
rname = rname:match("%[%[(.+)%]%]") or rname
local target = p.getTarget(rname, fulltext)
local ret = target or rname
ret = getTitle(ret)
if ret then
if fulltext then
ret = ret.fullText
else
ret = ret.prefixedText
end
return bracket:format(ret)
else
return nil
end
end

-- Provides access to the luaMain function from wikitext.
function p.main(frame)
local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true})
return p.luaMain(args[1], args.bracket, args.fulltext) or ''
end

-- Returns true if the specified page is a redirect, and false otherwise.
function p.luaIsRedirect(page)
local titleObj = getTitle(page)
if not titleObj then
return false
end
if titleObj.isRedirect then
return true
else
return false
end
end

-- Provides access to the luaIsRedirect function from wikitext, returning 'yes'
-- if the specified page is a redirect, and the blank string otherwise.
function p.isRedirect(frame)
local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true})
if p.luaIsRedirect(args[1]) then
return 'yes'
else
return ''
end
end

return p

Module:Protection banner/config

2025-09-25T23:40:35Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Protection banner/config to Module:Protection banner/config

-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].

return {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- BANNER DATA
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- Banner data consists of six fields:
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection
-- banners.
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used
-- to explain the details of the protection.
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small
-- padlock icon.
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip
-- text for the large protection banners.
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock
-- icons.
--
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.
--
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name
-- enclosed in curly braces).
--
-- Available parameters:
--
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the
-- display message "current-version-edit-display" or
-- "current-version-move-display".
--
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.
--
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus."
--
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection
-- action and protection level.
--
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry
-- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY."
--
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.
--
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template".
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.
-- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled"
--
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the
-- template.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or
-- "semi-protected".
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,
-- depending on the protection action.
--
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links
-- straight to that talk page section.
--
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to
-- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY".
--
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)
-- using Module:Vandal-m.
--
-- Functions
--
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.
--
-- For example:
--
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)
-- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then
-- return 'foo'
-- else
-- return 'bar'
-- end
-- end
--
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set
-- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if
-- unspecified.
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware
-- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an
-- infinite loop.
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is
-- protected.
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is
-- temporary.
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection
-- template is incorrect.
--]]

-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or
-- defaultBanners.
masterBanner = {
text = '${INTROBLURB}',
explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}',
link = '${IMAGELINK}',
alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
},

-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection
-- levels.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
defaultBanners = {
edit = {},
move = {},
autoreview = {
default = {
alt = 'Page protected with pending changes',
tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users',
image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
}
},
upload = {}
},

-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.
--
-- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the
-- module documentation.
--
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
banners = {
edit = {
blp = {
description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
.. '|biographies of living persons]] policy',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
.. "|Wikipedia's policy on the biographies"
.. ' of living people]].',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on'
.. ' biographies of living persons',
},
dmca = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation'
.. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital'
.. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content'
.. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under'
.. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content'
.. ' in question.'
if args.notice then
ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: '
.. args.notice .. '.'
end
ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing'
.. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see'
.. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}."
.. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the"
.. " restrictions are withdrawn'''."
return ret
end,
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
},
dispute = {
description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes',
text = function (protectionObj, args)
-- Find the value of "disputes".
local display = 'disputes'
local disputes
if args.section then
disputes = string.format(
'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
protectionObj.title.text,
args.section,
display
)
else
disputes = display
end

-- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.
local msg
if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then
msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.'
else
msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.'
end
return string.format(msg, disputes)
end,
explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes',
},
ecp = {
description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or'
.. ' meets the criteria for community use',
tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',
alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}',
},
mainpage = {
description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]',
text = 'This file is currently'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from'
.. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed'
.. ' on the [[Main Page]].',
explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high'
.. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.'
.. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">'
.. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,"
.. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,'
.. ' as appropriate.</span>',
},
office = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation',
text = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
.. ' scrutiny of the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
.. ' and is protected.'
if protectionObj.protectionDate then
ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.'
end
return ret
end,
explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this"
.. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do"
.. " so.'''",
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
},
reset = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and'
.. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version',
text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
.. ' scrutiny of the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
.. ' and is protected.',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = ''
if protectionObj.protectionDate then
ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was'
else
ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been'
end
ret = ret .. ' reduced to a'
.. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely'
.. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of'
.. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].'
.. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which'
.. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly'
.. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while'
.. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n'
.. 'Any insertion of material directly from'
.. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as'
.. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly'
.. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the'
.. " same date.\n\n"
.. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override"
.. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page,"
.. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation"
.. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''"

return ret
end,
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
},
sock = {
description = 'For pages protected due to'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]'
.. ' from editing it.',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from'
.. ' editing it',
},
template = {
description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]'
.. ' templates and Lua modules',
text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},'
.. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].',
explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if'
.. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.',
tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
.. ' to prevent vandalism',
alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}',
},
usertalk = {
description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a'
.. ' particular user',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,'
.. ' such as abusing the'
.. ' {{[[Template:unblock|unblock]]}} template.',
explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to'
.. ' make a change or leave a message, you can'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page'
.. '|request an edit]],'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]],'
.. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],'
.. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
},
vandalism = {
description = 'For pages protected against'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = ''
if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then
ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. '
end
return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}'
end,
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism',
}
},
move = {
dispute = {
description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to'
.. ' disputes over the page title',
explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg'
},
vandalism = {
description = 'For pages protected against'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism'
.. ' |page-move vandalism]]'
}
},
autoreview = {},
upload = {}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- GENERAL DATA TABLES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionBlurbs = {
edit = {
default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|'
.. 'protected]] from editing',
autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access'
.. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered'
.. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]',
extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection',
},
move = {
default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]'
.. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]'
},
autoreview = {
default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]'
.. ' users are currently'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]'
},
upload = {
default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Explanation blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk
-- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key
-- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key
-- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key
-- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
explanationBlurbs = {
edit = {
autoconfirmed = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
},
extendedconfirmed = {
default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors'
.. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.'
.. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]'
.. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat'
.. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.'
.. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].'
},
default = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
.. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page'
.. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an'
.. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.'
}
},
move = {
default = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the'
.. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.'
}
},
autoreview = {
default = {
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users'
.. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by'
.. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be'
.. ' reviewed, you may'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].'
},
},
upload = {
default = {
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file'
.. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can'
.. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you'
.. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]'
.. ' that the file be unprotected.'
}
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by
-- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following
-- order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionLevels = {
edit = {
default = 'protected',
templateeditor = 'template-protected',
extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected',
autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected',
},
move = {
default = 'move-protected'
},
autoreview = {
},
upload = {
default = 'upload-protected'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using
-- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
images = {
edit = {
default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg',
extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg',
autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg'
},
move = {
default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg',
},
autoreview = {
default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
},
upload = {
default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg'
}
},

-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef"
-- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set.
indefImageReasons = {
template = true
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Image links
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
imageLinks = {
edit = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full',
templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template',
extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended',
autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi'
},
move = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move'
},
autoreview = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending'
},
upload = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock indicator names
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag
-- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page
-- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with
-- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins.
-- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a
-- protection action name or the string "default".
padlockIndicatorNames = {
autoreview = 'pp-autoreview',
default = 'pp-default'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:
--
-- 1. the expiry date
-- 2. the namespace
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism")
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed")
-- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move")
--
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key
-- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module
-- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the
-- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values
-- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g.
-- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism").
--
-- expiry namespace reason level action
-- order
-- 1 1 1 1 1 1
-- 2 0 1 1 1 1
-- 3 1 0 1 1 1
-- 4 0 0 1 1 1
-- 5 1 1 0 1 1
-- 6 0 1 0 1 1
-- 7 1 0 0 1 1
-- 8 0 0 0 1 1
-- 9 1 1 1 0 1
-- 10 0 1 1 0 1
-- 11 1 0 1 0 1
-- 12 0 0 1 0 1
-- 13 1 1 0 0 1
-- 14 0 1 0 0 1
-- 15 1 0 0 0 1
-- 16 0 0 0 0 1
-- 17 1 1 1 1 0
-- 18 0 1 1 1 0
-- 19 1 0 1 1 0
-- 20 0 0 1 1 0
-- 21 1 1 0 1 0
-- 22 0 1 0 1 0
-- 23 1 0 0 1 0
-- 24 0 0 0 1 0
-- 25 1 1 1 0 0
-- 26 0 1 1 0 0
-- 27 1 0 1 0 0
-- 28 0 0 1 0 0
-- 29 1 1 0 0 0
-- 30 0 1 0 0 0
-- 31 1 0 0 0 0
-- 32 0 0 0 0 0
--
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.
--]]

-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories
-- table.
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {
vandalism = true,
},

-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each
-- namespace number.
categoryNamespaceKeys = {
[ 2] = 'user',
[ 3] = 'user',
[ 4] = 'project',
[ 6] = 'file',
[ 8] = 'mediawiki',
[ 10] = 'template',
[ 12] = 'project',
[ 14] = 'category',
[100] = 'portal',
[828] = 'module',
},

protectionCategories = {
['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages',
['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files',
['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages',
['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages',
['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people',
['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people',
['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute',
['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users',
['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism',
['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories',
['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files',
['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals',
['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',
['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages',
['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',
['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates',
['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates
['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people',
['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people',
['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute',
['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users',
['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism',
['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories',
['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files',
['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates',
['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages',
['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected modules',
['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules',
['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules',
['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules',
['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages',
['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages',
['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute',
['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism',
['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',
['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates',
['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages',
['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages',
['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files',
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry category config
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection
-- action.
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if
-- an expiry parameter is not set.
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:
-- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and
-- 2) a reason is provided, and
-- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck
-- table.

expiryCheckActions = {
edit = nil,
move = false,
autoreview = true,
upload = false
},

reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {
blp = true,
template = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Pagetypes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value.
pagetypes = {
[0] = 'article',
[6] = 'file',
[10] = 'template',
[14] = 'category',
[828] = 'module',
default = 'page'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Strings marking indefinite protection
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page
-- is protected indefinitely.
indefStrings = {
['indef'] = true,
['indefinite'] = true,
['indefinitely'] = true,
['infinite'] = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Group hierarchy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original
-- group's page editing permissions.
hierarchy = {
sysop = {},
reviewer = {'sysop'},
filemover = {'sysop'},
templateeditor = {'sysop'},
extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'},
autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'},
user = {'autoconfirmed'},
['*'] = {'user'}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the
-- following invocation, and no other template content:
--
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}
--
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between
-- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags.
--
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the
-- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the
-- arguments.
wrappers = {
['Template:Pp'] = {},
['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'},
['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'},
-- we don't need Template:Pp-create
['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'},
['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'},
['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
-- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef
['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'},
['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'},
['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'},
['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true},
['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'},
['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true},
['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'},
['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'},
['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'},
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- MESSAGES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

msg = {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.',
['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},',
['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tooltip blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.',
['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},',
['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Special explanation blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
.. '|consensus]].',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection log display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log',
['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Current version display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title',
['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Talk page
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Edit requests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry date format
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.
['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.
['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates',
['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.
['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End messages
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

Module:Protection banner

2025-09-25T23:40:35Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Protection banner to Module:Protection banner

-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.

-- Initialise necessary modules.
require('Module:No globals')
local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main
local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need.
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang

-- Set constants.
local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
if cat then
return string.format(
'[[%s:%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
cat,
sort
)
end
end

-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)
if not lang then
lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()
end
local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString)
if success then
result = tonumber(result)
if result then
return result
end
end
error(string.format(
'invalid %s: %s',
dateType,
tostring(dateString)
), 4)
end

local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)
return string.format(
'[%s %s]',
tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),
display
)
end

-- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors,
-- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always
-- including the given node).
local function getReachableNodes(graph, start)
local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}
while true do
-- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating
local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key
if k == nil then
return retval
end
toWalk[k] = nil
retval[k] = true
for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do
if not retval[v] then
toWalk[v] = true
end
end
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Protection = {}
Protection.__index = Protection

Protection.supportedActions = {
edit = true,
move = true,
autoreview = true,
upload = true
}

Protection.bannerConfigFields = {
'text',
'explanation',
'tooltip',
'alt',
'link',
'image'
}

function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)
local obj = {}
obj._cfg = cfg
obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

-- Set action
if not args.action then
obj.action = 'edit'
elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then
obj.action = args.action
else
error(string.format(
'invalid action: %s',
tostring(args.action)
), 3)
end

-- Set level
obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)
if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then
-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat
-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.
obj.level = '*'
end

-- Set expiry
local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title)
if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then
obj.expiry = 'indef'
elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then
obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date')
end

-- Set reason
if args[1] then
obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])
if obj.reason:find('|') then
error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3)
end
end

-- Set protection date
if args.date then
obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date')
end

-- Set banner config
do
obj.bannerConfig = {}
local configTables = {}
if cfg.banners[obj.action] then
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]
end
if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default
end
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner
for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do
for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do
if t[field] then
obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]
break
end
end
end
end
return setmetatable(obj, Protection)
end

function Protection:isUserScript()
-- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page.
local title = self.title
return title.namespace == 2 and (
title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css'
)
end

function Protection:isProtected()
return self.level ~= '*'
end

function Protection:shouldShowLock()
-- Whether we should output a banner/padlock
return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript()
end

-- Whether this page needs a protection category.
Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock

function Protection:isTemporary()
return type(self.expiry) == 'number'
end

function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()
if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then
return ''
end

local cfg = self._cfg
local title = self.title

-- Get the expiry key fragment.
local expiryFragment
if self.expiry == 'indef' then
expiryFragment = self.expiry
elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then
expiryFragment = 'temp'
end

-- Get the namespace key fragment.
local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]
if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then
namespaceFragment = 'talk'
end

-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an
-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its
-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.
local order = {
{val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1},
{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},
{val = self.reason, keypos = 3},
{val = self.level, keypos = 4},
{val = self.action, keypos = 5}
}

--[[
-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,
-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and
-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module
-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the
-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.
-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to
-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the
-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table
-- instead.
--]]
table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3))

--[[
-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value"
-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key
-- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in
-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of
-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the
-- noActive parameter.
--]]
local noActive, attemptOrder
do
local active, inactive = {}, {}
for i, t in ipairs(order) do
if t.val then
active[#active + 1] = t
else
inactive[#inactive + 1] = t
end
end
noActive = #active
attemptOrder = active
for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do
attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t
end
end

--[[
-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a
-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are
-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different
-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key
-- "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix
-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active
-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix
-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and
-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.
--
-- j 1 2 3
-- i
-- 1 1 1 1
-- 2 0 1 1
-- 3 1 0 1
-- 4 0 0 1
-- 5 1 1 0
-- 6 0 1 0
-- 7 1 0 0
-- 8 0 0 0
--
-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set
-- to the string "all".
--
-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.
-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in
-- each subtable.
--]]
local cats = cfg.protectionCategories
for i = 1, 2^noActive do
local key = {}
for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do
if j > noActive then
key[t.keypos] = 'all'
else
local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)
quotient = math.ceil(quotient)
if quotient % 2 == 1 then
key[t.keypos] = t.val
else
key[t.keypos] = 'all'
end
end
end
key = table.concat(key, '|')
local attempt = cats[key]
if attempt then
return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)
end
end
return ''
end

function Protection:isIncorrect()
local expiry = self.expiry
return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory()
or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time()
end

function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()
local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace
return self.level == 'templateeditor'
and (
(action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move')
or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)
)
end

function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()
local msg = self._cfg.msg
local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()}
if self:isIncorrect() then
ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],
self.title.text
)
end
if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then
ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
msg['tracking-category-template'],
self.title.text
)
end
return table.concat(ret)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Blurb class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Blurb = {}
Blurb.__index = Blurb

Blurb.bannerTextFields = {
text = true,
explanation = true,
tooltip = true,
alt = true,
link = true
}

function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
return setmetatable({
_cfg = cfg,
_protectionObj = protectionObj,
_args = args
}, Blurb)
end

-- Private methods --

function Blurb:_formatDate(num)
-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.
lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()
local success, date = pcall(
lang.formatDate,
lang,
self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y',
'@' .. tostring(num)
)
if success then
return date
end
end

function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)
return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])
end

function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)
if not self._params then
local parameterFuncs = {}

parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter
parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter
parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter
parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter
parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter
parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter
parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter
parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter
parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter

self._params = setmetatable({}, {
__index = function (t, k)
local param
if parameterFuncs[k] then
param = parameterFuncs[k](self)
end
param = param or ''
t[k] = param
return param
end
})
end

msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params)
return msg
end

function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()
-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of
-- protection.
local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then
-- We need the move log link.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'move', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display')
)
else
-- We need the history link.
return makeFullUrl(
pagename,
{action = 'history'},
self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display')
)
end
end

function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()
local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request')
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level

-- Get the edit request type.
local requestType
if action == 'edit' then
if level == 'autoconfirmed' then
requestType = 'semi'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
requestType = 'extended'
elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
requestType = 'template'
end
end
requestType = requestType or 'full'

-- Get the display value.
local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display')

return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}
end

function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()
local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry
if type(expiry) == 'number' then
return self:_formatDate(expiry)
else
return expiry
end
end

function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()
-- Cover special cases first.
if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then
-- MediaWiki namespace
return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect')
end

-- Get explanation blurb table keys
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject'

-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any
-- parameters.
local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs
local msg
if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then
msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]
elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then
msg = explanations[action][level].default
elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then
msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]
elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then
msg = explanations[action].default.default
else
error(string.format(
'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"',
action,
level,
talkKey
), 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()
local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if imageLinks[action][level] then
msg = imageLinks[action][level]
elseif imageLinks[action].default then
msg = imageLinks[action].default
else
msg = imageLinks.edit.default
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()
local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes
return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]
or pagetypes.default
or error('no default pagetype defined', 8)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()
local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then
msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]
elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then
msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default
elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then
msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default
else
error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()
local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate
if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then
return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)
else
return protectionDate
end
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()
local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if protectionLevels[action][level] then
msg = protectionLevels[action][level]
elseif protectionLevels[action].default then
msg = protectionLevels[action].default
elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then
msg = protectionLevels.edit.default
else
error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()
local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then
-- We need the pending changes log.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'stable', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display')
)
else
-- We need the protection log.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'protect', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display')
)
end
end

function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()
return string.format(
'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
self._protectionObj.title.text,
self._args.section or 'top',
self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display')
)
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()
return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
title="vandal-m",
args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText}
}
end

-- Public methods --

function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)
-- Validate input.
if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then
error(string.format(
'"%s" is not a valid banner config field',
tostring(key)
), 2)
end

-- Generate the text.
local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]
if type(msg) == 'string' then
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
elseif type(msg) == 'function' then
msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)
if type(msg) ~= 'string' then
error(string.format(
'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"'
.. ' (expected string, got %s)',
tostring(key),
type(msg)
), 4)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- BannerTemplate class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local BannerTemplate = {}
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate

function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)
local obj = {}
obj._cfg = cfg

-- Set the image filename.
local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image
if imageFilename then
obj._imageFilename = imageFilename
else
-- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config,
-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.
local action = protectionObj.action
local level = protectionObj.level
local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace
local reason = protectionObj.reason

-- Deal with special cases first.
if (
namespace == 10
or namespace == 828
or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]
)
and action == 'edit'
and level == 'sysop'
and not protectionObj:isTemporary()
then
-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef"
-- padlock.
obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef']
else
-- Deal with regular protection types.
local images = obj._cfg.images
if images[action] then
if images[action][level] then
obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]
elseif images[action].default then
obj._imageFilename = images[action].default
end
end
end
end
return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)
end

function BannerTemplate:renderImage()
local filename = self._imageFilename
or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default']
or 'Transparent.gif'
return makeFileLink{
file = filename,
size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px',
alt = self._imageAlt,
link = self._imageLink,
caption = self.imageCaption
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Banner class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Banner.__index = Banner

function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
obj.imageWidth = 40
obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.
obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text')
obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation')
obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.
return setmetatable(obj, Banner)
end

function Banner:__tostring()
-- Renders the banner.
makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main
local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2)
local explanationText = self._explanationText
local mbargs = {
page = self._page,
type = 'protection',
image = self:renderImage(),
text = string.format(
"'''%s'''%s",
reasonText,
explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or ''
)
}
return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Padlock.__index = Padlock

function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
obj.imageWidth = 20
obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip')
obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')
obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link')
obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action]
or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default
or 'pp-default'
return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)
end

function Padlock:__tostring()
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
-- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles.
return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{
name = 'indicator',
args = {name = self._indicatorName},
content = self:renderImage()
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p = {}

function p._exportClasses()
-- This is used for testing purposes.
return {
Protection = Protection,
Blurb = Blurb,
BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,
Banner = Banner,
Padlock = Padlock,
}
end

function p._main(args, cfg, title)
args = args or {}
cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)

local ret = {}

-- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its
-- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything
-- for the other action (except categories).
if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or
args.demolevel or
not getReachableNodes(
cfg.hierarchy,
protectionObj.level
)[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)])
then
-- Initialise the blurb object
local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)

-- Render the banner
if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then
ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(
(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)
.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
)
end
end

-- Render the categories
if yesno(args.category) ~= false then
ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()
end

return table.concat(ret)
end

function p.main(frame, cfg)
cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

-- Find default args, if any.
local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()
local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')]

-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a
-- wrapper template.
getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {
parentOnly = defaultArgs,
frameOnly = not defaultArgs
})

-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do
args[k] = v
end
for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do
args[k] = v
end
return p._main(args, cfg)
end

return p

Module:Ns has subpages

2025-09-25T23:40:34Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Ns has subpages to Module:Ns has subpages

-- This module implements [[Template:Ns has subpages]].
-- While the template is fairly simple, this information is made available to
-- Lua directly, so using a module means that we don't have to update the
-- template as new namespaces are added.

local p = {}

function p._main(ns, frame)
-- Get the current namespace if we were not passed one.
if not ns then
ns = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace
end

-- Look up the namespace table from mw.site.namespaces. This should work
-- for a majority of cases.
local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]

-- Try using string matching to get the namespace from page names.
-- Do a quick and dirty bad title check to try and make sure we do the same
-- thing as {{NAMESPACE}} in most cases.
if not nsTable and type(ns) == 'string' and not ns:find('[<>|%[%]{}]') then
local nsStripped = ns:gsub('^[_%s]*:', '')
nsStripped = nsStripped:gsub(':.*$', '')
nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[nsStripped]
end

-- If we still have no match then try the {{NAMESPACE}} parser function,
-- which should catch the remainder of cases. Don't use a mw.title object,
-- as this would increment the expensive function count for each new page
-- tested.
if not nsTable then
frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame()
local nsProcessed = frame:callParserFunction('NAMESPACE', ns)
nsTable = nsProcessed and mw.site.namespaces[nsProcessed]
end

return nsTable and nsTable.hasSubpages
end

function p.main(frame)
local ns = frame:getParent().args[1]
if ns then
ns = ns:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- trim whitespace
ns = tonumber(ns) or ns
end
local hasSubpages = p._main(ns, frame)
return hasSubpages and 'yes' or ''
end

return p

Module:No globals

2025-09-25T23:40:34Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:No globals to Module:No globals

local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {}
function mt.__index (t, k)
if k ~= 'arg' then
error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
end
return nil
end
function mt.__newindex(t, k, v)
if k ~= 'arg' then
error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
end
rawset(t, k, v)
end
setmetatable(_G, mt)

Module:Navbox/configuration

2025-09-25T23:40:34Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Navbox/configuration to Module:Navbox/configuration

return {
aria_label = 'Navbox',
nowrap_item = '%s<span class="nowrap">%s</span>',
templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Navbox/styles.css' }
},
-- do not localize marker table
marker = {
oddeven = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127',
restart = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127',
regex = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127'
},
category = {
orphan = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]',
horizontal_lists = 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists',
background_colors = 'Navboxes using background colours',
illegible = 'Potentially illegible navboxes',
borders = 'Navboxes using borders',
},
keyword = {
border_subgroup = 'subgroup',
border_child = 'child',
border_none = 'none',
evenodd_swap = 'swap',
navbar_off = 'off',
navbar_plain = 'plain',
nocat_false = 'false',
nowrapitems_yes = 'yes',
orphan_yes = 'yes',
state_collapsed = 'collapsed',
state_off = 'off',
state_plain = 'plain',
subpage_doc = 'doc',
subpage_sandbox = 'sandbox',
subpage_testcases = 'testcases',
tracking_no = 'no'
},
class = {
autocollapse = 'autocollapse',
collapsible = 'mw-collapsible',
collapsed = 'mw-collapsed',
-- Warning
navbox = 'navbox', -- WMF currently hides 'navbox' from mobile,
-- so you probably shouldn't change the navbox class.
navbox_abovebelow = 'navbox-abovebelow',
navbox_group = 'navbox-group',
navbox_image = 'navbox-image',
navbox_inner = 'navbox-inner',
navbox_list = 'navbox-list',
navbox_list_with_group = 'navbox-list-with-group',
navbox_part = 'navbox-', -- do not l10n
navbox_styles = 'navbox-styles',
navbox_subgroup = 'navbox-subgroup',
navbox_title = 'navbox-title', -- l10n only if you change pattern.navbox_title below
navbox_odd_part = 'odd', -- do not l10n
navbox_even_part = 'even', -- do not l10n
nomobile = 'nomobile',
nowraplinks = 'nowraplinks',
noviewer = 'noviewer' -- used to remove images from MediaViewer
},
pattern = {
listnum = '^list(%d+)$',
sandbox = '/sandbox$',
navbox = 'Template:Navbox',
nowrap = '^<span class="nowrap">',
style = 'style$',
navbox_title = '<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"',
hlist = 'hlist',
plainlist = 'plainlist'
},
arg = {
above = 'above',
aboveclass = 'aboveclass',
abovestyle = 'abovestyle',
basestyle = 'basestyle',
bodyclass = 'bodyclass',
bodystyle = 'bodystyle',
border = 'border',
below = 'below',
belowclass = 'belowclass',
belowstyle = 'belowstyle',
evenodd = 'evenodd',
evenstyle = 'evenstyle',
group1 = 'group1',
group2 = 'group2',
group_and_num = 'group%d',
groupstyle_and_num = 'group%dstyle',
groupclass = 'groupclass',
groupstyle = 'groupstyle',
groupwidth = 'groupwidth',
innerstyle = 'innerstyle',
image = 'image',
imageclass = 'imageclass',
imageleft = 'imageleft',
imageleftstyle = 'imageleftstyle',
imagesetyle = 'imagestyle',
list_and_num = 'list%d',
listclass_and_num = 'list%dclass',
liststyle_and_num = 'list%dstyle',
list1padding = 'list1padding',
listclass = 'listclass',
listpadding = 'listpadding',
liststyle = 'liststyle',
name = 'name',
navbar = 'navbar',
navboxclass = 'navboxclass',
nocat = 'nocat',
nowrapitems = 'nowrapitems',
oddstyle = 'oddstyle',
orphan = 'orphan',
state = 'state',
style = 'style',
templatestyles = 'templatestyles',
child_templatestyles = 'child templatestyles',
title = 'title',
titleclass = 'titleclass',
titlestyle = 'titlestyle',
tracking = 'tracking'
},
-- names of navbar arguments
navbar = {
name = 1,
fontstyle = 'fontstyle',
mini = 'mini'
}
}

Module:Navbox

2025-09-25T23:40:33Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Navbox to Module:Navbox

local p = {}
local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbox/configuration')
local getArgs -- lazily initialized
local args
local format = string.format

local function striped(wikitext, border)
-- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping.
-- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed
-- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages
-- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox.
local orphanCat = cfg.category.orphan
if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup and args[cfg.arg.orphan] ~= cfg.keyword.orphan_yes then
-- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox.
return wikitext .. orphanCat
end
local first, second = cfg.class.navbox_odd_part, cfg.class.navbox_even_part
if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] then
if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] == cfg.keyword.evenodd_swap then
first, second = second, first
else
first = args[cfg.arg.evenodd]
second = first
end
end
local changer
if first == second then
changer = first
else
local index = 0
changer = function (code)
if code == '0' then
-- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table.
-- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class.
-- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title
-- in a subgroup and will also be first.
index = 0
return first
end
index = index + 1
return index % 2 == 1 and first or second
end
end
local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1')
return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(cfg.marker.regex, changer)) -- () omits gsub count
end

local function processItem(item, nowrapitems)
if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then
-- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense.
-- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template.
return '\n' .. item ..'\n'
end
if nowrapitems == cfg.keyword.nowrapitems_yes then
local lines = {}
for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do
local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)')
if prefix and not content:match(cfg.pattern.nowrap) then
line = format(cfg.nowrap_item, prefix, content)
end
table.insert(lines, line)
end
item = table.concat(lines, '\n')
end
if item:match('^[*:;#]') then
return '\n' .. item ..'\n'
end
return item
end

-- we will want this later when we want to add tstyles for hlist/plainlist
local function has_navbar()
return args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_off
and args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_plain
and (
args[cfg.arg.name]
or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.pattern.sandbox, '')
~= cfg.pattern.navbox
)
end

local function renderNavBar(titleCell)
if has_navbar() then
titleCell:wikitext(navbar{
[cfg.navbar.name] = args[cfg.arg.name],
[cfg.navbar.mini] = 1,
[cfg.navbar.fontstyle] = (args[cfg.arg.basestyle] or '') .. ';' ..
(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle] or '') ..
';background:none transparent;border:none;box-shadow:none;padding:0;'
})
end

end

local function renderTitleRow(tbl)
if not args[cfg.arg.title] then return end

local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr')

local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col')

local titleColspan = 2
if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end
if args[cfg.arg.image] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end

titleCell
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle])
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_title)
:attr('colspan', titleColspan)

renderNavBar(titleCell)

titleCell
:tag('div')
-- id for aria-labelledby attribute
:attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title]))
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.titleclass])
:css('font-size', '114%')
:css('margin', '0 4em')
:wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.title]))
end

local function getAboveBelowColspan()
local ret = 2
if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then ret = ret + 1 end
if args[cfg.arg.image] then ret = ret + 1 end
return ret
end

local function renderAboveRow(tbl)
if not args[cfg.arg.above] then return end

tbl:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.aboveclass])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.abovestyle])
:attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan())
:tag('div')
-- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title
:attr('id', args[cfg.arg.title] and nil or mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.above]))
:wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.above], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems]))
end

local function renderBelowRow(tbl)
if not args[cfg.arg.below] then return end

tbl:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.belowclass])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.belowstyle])
:attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan())
:tag('div')
:wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.below], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems]))
end

local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum, listnums_size)
local row = tbl:tag('tr')

if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then
row
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.class.noviewer)
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass])
:css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width
:css('padding', '0 2px 0 0')
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle])
:attr('rowspan', listnums_size)
:tag('div')
:wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.imageleft]))
end

local group_and_num = format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, listnum)
local groupstyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.groupstyle_and_num, listnum)
if args[group_and_num] then
local groupCell = row:tag('th')

-- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above
if listnum == 1 and not (args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group2]) then
groupCell
:attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.group1]))
end

groupCell
:attr('scope', 'row')
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_group)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.groupclass])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle])
-- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width
:css('width', args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] or '1%')

groupCell
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.groupstyle])
:cssText(args[groupstyle_and_num])
:wikitext(args[group_and_num])
end

local listCell = row:tag('td')

if args[group_and_num] then
listCell
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list_with_group)
else
listCell:attr('colspan', 2)
end

if not args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] then
listCell:css('width', '100%')
end

local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing
if index % 2 == 1 then
rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.oddstyle]
else
rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.evenstyle]
end

local list_and_num = format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, listnum)
local listText = args[list_and_num]
local oddEven = cfg.marker.oddeven
if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then
-- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row.
oddEven = listText:find(cfg.pattern.navbox_title) and cfg.marker.restart or cfg.class.navbox_odd_part
end

local liststyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.liststyle_and_num, listnum)
local listclass_and_num = format(cfg.arg.listclass_and_num, listnum)
listCell
:css('padding', '0')
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.liststyle])
:cssText(rowstyle)
:cssText(args[liststyle_and_num])
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list)
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_part .. oddEven)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.listclass])
:addClass(args[listclass_and_num])
:tag('div')
:css('padding',
(index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.list1padding]) or args[cfg.arg.listpadding] or '0 0.25em'
)
:wikitext(processItem(listText, args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems]))

if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.image] then
row
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.class.noviewer)
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass])
:css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width
:css('padding', '0 0 0 2px')
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.imagestyle])
:attr('rowspan', listnums_size)
:tag('div')
:wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.image]))
end
end

-- uses this now to make the needHlistCategory correct
-- to use later for when we add list styles via navbox
local function has_list_class(htmlclass)
local class_args = { -- rough order of probability of use
cfg.arg.bodyclass, cfg.arg.listclass, cfg.arg.aboveclass,
cfg.arg.belowclass, cfg.arg.titleclass, cfg.arg.navboxclass,
cfg.arg.groupclass, cfg.arg.imageclass
}
local patterns = {
'^' .. htmlclass .. '$',
'%s' .. htmlclass .. '$',
'^' .. htmlclass .. '%s',
'%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s'
}

for _, arg in ipairs(class_args) do
for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do
if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then
return true
end
end
end
return false
end

local function needsHorizontalLists(border)
if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or args[cfg.arg.tracking] == cfg.keyword.tracking_no then
return false
end
return not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.hlist) and not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.plainlist)
end

local function hasBackgroundColors()
for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.titlestyle, cfg.arg.groupstyle,
cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do
if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then
return true
end
end
return false
end

local function hasBorders()
for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle,
cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do
if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then
return true
end
end
return false
end

local function isIllegible()
local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio
for key, style in pairs(args) do
if tostring(key):match(cfg.pattern.style) then
if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then
return true
end
end
end
return false
end

local function getTrackingCategories(border)
local cats = {}
if needsHorizontalLists(border) then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.horizontal_lists) end
if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.background_colors) end
if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.illegible) end
if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.borders) end
return cats
end

local function renderTrackingCategories(builder, border)
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space
local subpage = title.subpageText
if subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_doc or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_sandbox
or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_testcases then return end

for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories(border)) do
builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]')
end
end

local function renderMainTable(border, listnums)
local tbl = mw.html.create('table')
:addClass(cfg.class.nowraplinks)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.bodyclass])

local state = args[cfg.arg.state]
if args[cfg.arg.title] and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_plain and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_off then
if state == cfg.keyword.state_collapsed then
state = cfg.class.collapsed
end
tbl
:addClass(cfg.class.collapsible)
:addClass(state or cfg.class.autocollapse)
end

tbl:css('border-spacing', 0)
if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or border == cfg.keyword.border_none then
tbl
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_subgroup)
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.style])
else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table
tbl
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_inner)
:css('background', 'transparent')
:css('color', 'inherit')
end
tbl:cssText(args[cfg.arg.innerstyle])

renderTitleRow(tbl)
renderAboveRow(tbl)
local listnums_size = #listnums
for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do
renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum, listnums_size)
end
renderBelowRow(tbl)

return tbl
end

local function add_navbox_styles()
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
-- This is a lambda so that it doesn't need the frame as a parameter
local function add_user_styles(templatestyles)
if templatestyles and templatestyles ~= '' then
return frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles }
}
end
return ''
end

-- get templatestyles. load base from config so that Lua only needs to do
-- the work once of parser tag expansion
local base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles
local templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.templatestyles])
local child_templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.child_templatestyles])

-- The 'navbox-styles' div exists for two reasons:
-- 1. To wrap the styles to work around T200206 more elegantly. Instead
-- of combinatorial rules, this ends up being linear number of CSS rules.
-- 2. To allow MobileFrontend to rip the styles out with 'nomobile' such that
-- they are not dumped into the mobile view.
return mw.html.create('div')
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox_styles)
:addClass(cfg.class.nomobile)
:wikitext(base_templatestyles .. templatestyles .. child_templatestyles)
:done()
end

function p._navbox(navboxArgs)
args = navboxArgs
local listnums = {}

for k, _ in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'string' then
local listnum = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum)
if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end
end
end
table.sort(listnums)

local border = mw.text.trim(args[cfg.arg.border] or args[1] or '')
if border == cfg.keyword.border_child then
border = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup
end

-- render the main body of the navbox
local tbl = renderMainTable(border, listnums)

local res = mw.html.create()
-- render the appropriate wrapper for the navbox, based on the border param

if border == cfg.keyword.border_none then
res:node(add_navbox_styles())
local nav = res:tag('div')
:attr('role', 'navigation')
:node(tbl)
-- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group
if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1]
and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then
nav:attr(
'aria-labelledby',
mw.uri.anchorEncode(
args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1]
)
)
else
nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label)
end
elseif border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup then
-- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a
-- parent navbox, and is therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em.
-- We start with a </div> to avoid the padding being applied, and at the
-- end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div>
res
:wikitext('</div>')
:node(tbl)
:wikitext('<div>')
else
res:node(add_navbox_styles())
local nav = res:tag('div')
:attr('role', 'navigation')
:addClass(cfg.class.navbox)
:addClass(args[cfg.arg.navboxclass])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle])
:cssText(args[cfg.arg.style])
:css('padding', '3px')
:node(tbl)
-- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group
if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above]
or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then
nav:attr(
'aria-labelledby',
mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1])
)
else
nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label)
end
end

if (args[cfg.arg.nocat] or cfg.keyword.nocat_false):lower() == cfg.keyword.nocat_false then
renderTrackingCategories(res, border)
end
return striped(tostring(res), border)
end

function p.navbox(frame)
if not getArgs then
getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
end
args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {cfg.pattern.navbox}})

-- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references
-- number in the right order.
local _
_ = args[cfg.arg.title]
_ = args[cfg.arg.above]
-- Limit this to 20 as covering 'most' cases (that's a SWAG) and because
-- iterator approach won't work here
for i = 1, 20 do
_ = args[format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, i)]
_ = args[format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, i)]
end
_ = args[cfg.arg.below]

return p._navbox(args)
end

return p

Module:Navbar/configuration

2025-09-25T23:40:33Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Navbar/configuration to Module:Navbar/configuration

return {
['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Navbar/styles.css',
['box_text'] = 'This box: ', -- default text box when not plain or mini
['title_namespace'] = 'Template', -- namespace to default to for title
['invalid_title'] = 'Invalid title ',
['classes'] = { -- set a line to nil if you don't want it
['navbar'] = 'navbar',
['plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks', -- plainlinks
['horizontal_list'] = 'hlist', -- horizontal list class
['mini'] = 'navbar-mini', -- class indicating small links in the navbar
['this_box'] = 'navbar-boxtext',
['brackets'] = 'navbar-brackets',
-- 'collapsible' is the key for a class to indicate the navbar is
-- setting up the collapsible element in addition to the normal
-- navbar.
['collapsible'] = 'navbar-collapse',
['collapsible_title_mini'] = 'navbar-ct-mini',
['collapsible_title_full'] = 'navbar-ct-full'
}
}

Module:Navbar

2025-09-25T23:40:32Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Navbar to Module:Navbar

local p = {}
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbar/configuration')

local function get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template)
local title_arg = 1
if is_collapsible then title_arg = 2 end
if template then title_arg = 'template' end
return title_arg
end

local function choose_links(template, args)
-- The show table indicates the default displayed items.
-- view, talk, edit, hist, move, watch
-- TODO: Move to configuration.
local show = {true, true, true, false, false, false}
if template then
show[2] = false
show[3] = false
local index = {t = 2, d = 2, e = 3, h = 4, m = 5, w = 6,
talk = 2, edit = 3, hist = 4, move = 5, watch = 6}
-- TODO: Consider removing TableTools dependency.
for _, v in ipairs(require ('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray(args)) do
local num = index[v]
if num then show[num] = true end
end
end

local remove_edit_link = args.noedit
if remove_edit_link then show[3] = false end

return show

end

local function add_link(link_description, ul, is_mini, font_style)
local l
if link_description.url then
l = {'[', '', ']'}
else
l = {'[[', '|', ']]'}
end
ul:tag('li')
:addClass('nv-' .. link_description.full)
:wikitext(l[1] .. link_description.link .. l[2])
:tag(is_mini and 'abbr' or 'span')
:attr('title', link_description.html_title)
:cssText(font_style)
:wikitext(is_mini and link_description.mini or link_description.full)
:done()
:wikitext(l[3])
:done()
end

local function make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style)

local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(title_text), cfg.title_namespace)
if not title then
error(cfg.invalid_title .. title_text)
end
local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or ''

-- TODO: Get link_descriptions and show into the configuration module.
-- link_descriptions should be easier...
local link_descriptions = {
{ ['mini'] = 'v', ['full'] = 'view', ['html_title'] = 'View this template',
['link'] = title.fullText, ['url'] = false },
{ ['mini'] = 't', ['full'] = 'talk', ['html_title'] = 'Discuss this template',
['link'] = talkpage, ['url'] = false },
{ ['mini'] = 'e', ['full'] = 'edit', ['html_title'] = 'Edit this template',
['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=edit'), ['url'] = true },
{ ['mini'] = 'h', ['full'] = 'hist', ['html_title'] = 'History of this template',
['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=history'), ['url'] = true },
{ ['mini'] = 'm', ['full'] = 'move', ['html_title'] = 'Move this template',
['link'] = mw.title.new('Special:Movepage'):fullUrl('target='..title.fullText), ['url'] = true },
{ ['mini'] = 'w', ['full'] = 'watch', ['html_title'] = 'Watch this template',
['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=watch'), ['url'] = true }
}

local ul = mw.html.create('ul')
if has_brackets then
ul:addClass(cfg.classes.brackets)
:cssText(font_style)
end

for i, _ in ipairs(displayed_links) do
if displayed_links[i] then add_link(link_descriptions[i], ul, is_mini, font_style) end
end
return ul:done()

end

function p._navbar(args)

-- TODO: We probably don't need both fontstyle and fontcolor...
local font_style = args.fontstyle
local font_color = args.fontcolor
local is_collapsible = args.collapsible
local is_mini = args.mini
local is_plain = args.plain

local collapsible_class = nil
if is_collapsible then
collapsible_class = cfg.classes.collapsible
if not is_plain then is_mini = 1 end
if font_color then
font_style = (font_style or '') .. '; color: ' .. font_color .. ';'
end
end

local navbar_style = args.style
local div = mw.html.create():tag('div')
div
:addClass(cfg.classes.navbar)
:addClass(cfg.classes.plainlinks)
:addClass(cfg.classes.horizontal_list)
:addClass(collapsible_class) -- we made the determination earlier
:cssText(navbar_style)

if is_mini then div:addClass(cfg.classes.mini) end

local box_text = (args.text or cfg.box_text) .. ' '
-- the concatenated space guarantees the box text is separated
if not (is_mini or is_plain) then
div
:tag('span')
:addClass(cfg.classes.box_text)
:cssText(font_style)
:wikitext(box_text)
end

local template = args.template
local displayed_links = choose_links(template, args)
local has_brackets = args.brackets
local title_arg = get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template)
local title_text = args[title_arg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle())
local list = make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style)
div:node(list)

if is_collapsible then
local title_text_class
if is_mini then
title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_mini
else
title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_full
end
div:done()
:tag('div')
:addClass(title_text_class)
:cssText(font_style)
:wikitext(args[1])
end

return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.templatestyles }
} .. tostring(div:done())
end

function p.navbar(frame)
return p._navbar(require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame))
end

return p

Module:Message box/configuration

2025-09-25T23:40:32Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Message box/configuration to Module:Message box/configuration

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Message box configuration --
-- --
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return {
ambox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'ambox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'ambox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'ambox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'ambox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'ambox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'ambox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'ambox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'},
allowSmall = true,
smallParam = 'left',
smallClass = 'mbox-small-left',
substCheck = true,
classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageCheckBlank = true,
imageSmallSize = '20x20px',
imageCellDiv = true,
useCollapsibleTextFields = true,
imageRightNone = true,
sectionDefault = 'article',
allowMainspaceCategories = true,
templateCategory = 'Article message templates',
templateCategoryRequireName = true,
templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters',
templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'},
removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>',
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css'
},

cmbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'cmbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'cmbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'cmbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'cmbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'cmbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'cmbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'cmbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'cmbox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css'
},

fmbox = {
types = {
warning = {
class = 'fmbox-warning',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
editnotice = {
class = 'fmbox-editnotice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
},
system = {
class = 'fmbox-system',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'system',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'fmbox'},
imageEmptyCell = false,
imageRightNone = false,
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css'
},

imbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'imbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'imbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'imbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'imbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'imbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'imbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
license = {
class = 'imbox-license licensetpl',
image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this
},
featured = {
class = 'imbox-featured',
image = 'Cscr-featured.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'imbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'imbox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
below = true,
templateCategory = 'File message boxes',
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css'
},

ombox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'ombox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'ombox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'ombox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'ombox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'ombox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'ombox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'ombox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'ombox'},
allowSmall = true,
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageRightNone = true,
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css'
},

tmbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'tmbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'tmbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'tmbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'tmbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'tmbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'tmbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'tmbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'tmbox'},
allowSmall = true,
imageRightNone = true,
imageEmptyCell = true,
templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes',
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css'
}
}

Module:Message box

2025-09-25T23:40:32Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Message box to Module:Message box

require('Module:No globals')
local getArgs
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()

local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration'
local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getTitleObject(...)
-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall
-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.
local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
if success then
return title
end
end

local function union(t1, t2)
-- Returns the union of two arrays.
local vals = {}
for i, v in ipairs(t1) do
vals[v] = true
end
for i, v in ipairs(t2) do
vals[v] = true
end
local ret = {}
for k in pairs(vals) do
table.insert(ret, k)
end
table.sort(ret)
return ret
end

local function getArgNums(args, prefix)
local nums = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
if num then
table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))
end
end
table.sort(nums)
return nums
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Box class definition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local MessageBox = {}
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox

function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)
args = args or {}
local obj = {}

-- Set the title object and the namespace.
obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

-- Set the config for our box type.
obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]
if not obj.cfg then
local ns = obj.title.namespace
-- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input
if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then
-- implement demospace parameter of mbox
local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace)
if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then
-- use template from DEMOSPACES
obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]]
elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then
-- demo as a talk page
obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox
else
-- default to ombox
obj.cfg = cfg.ombox
end
elseif ns == 0 then
obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace
elseif ns == 6 then
obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace
elseif ns == 14 then
obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace
else
local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]
if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then
obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace
else
obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input
end
end
end

-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones
-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.
do
local newArgs = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if v ~= '' then
newArgs[k] = v
end
end
for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do
newArgs[param] = args[param]
end
obj.args = newArgs
end

-- Define internal data structure.
obj.categories = {}
obj.classes = {}
-- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]].
obj.hasCategories = false

return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)
end

function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)
if not cat then
return nil
end
if sort then
cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort)
else
cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
end
self.hasCategories = true
self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}
table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)
end

function MessageBox:addClass(class)
if not class then
return nil
end
table.insert(self.classes, class)
end

function MessageBox:setParameters()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

-- Get type data.
self.type = args.type
local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]
self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError
and self.type
and not typeData
typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]
self.typeClass = typeData.class
self.typeImage = typeData.image

-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.
self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST'

-- Find whether we are using a small message box.
self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (
cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam
or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)
)

-- Add attributes, classes and styles.
self.id = args.id
self.name = args.name
if self.name then
self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_'))
end
if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then
self:addClass('plainlinks')
end
for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do
self:addClass(class)
end
if self.isSmall then
self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small')
end
self:addClass(self.typeClass)
self:addClass(args.class)
self.style = args.style
self.attrs = args.attrs

-- Set text style.
self.textstyle = args.textstyle

-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only
-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory
-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.
self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields
or cfg.templateCategory
and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName
then
if self.name then
local templateName = mw.ustring.match(
self.name,
'^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$'
) or self.name
templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName
self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)
end
self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle
and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)
end

-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only
-- used in {{ambox}}.
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
-- Get the self.issue value.
if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then
self.issue = args.smalltext
else
local sect
if args.sect == '' then
sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page')
elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then
sect = 'This ' .. args.sect
end
local issue = args.issue
issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil
local text = args.text
text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil
local issues = {}
table.insert(issues, sect)
table.insert(issues, issue)
table.insert(issues, text)
self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ')
end

-- Get the self.talk value.
local talk = args.talk
-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk
-- parameter is blank.
if talk == ''
and self.templateTitle
and (
mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)
or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)
)
then
talk = '#'
elseif talk == '' then
talk = nil
end
if talk then
-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else
-- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk
-- page of the current page with that section heading.
local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)
local talkArgIsTalkPage = true
if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then
talkArgIsTalkPage = false
talkTitle = getTitleObject(
self.title.text,
mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id
)
end
if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then
local talkText
if self.isSmall then
local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk)
talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink)
else
talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on'
if talkArgIsTalkPage then
talkText = string.format(
'%s [[%s|%s]].',
talkText,
talk,
talkTitle.prefixedText
)
else
talkText = string.format(
'%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].',
talkText,
talkTitle.prefixedText,
talk
)
end
end
self.talk = talkText
end
end

-- Get other values.
self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil
local date
if args.date and args.date ~= '' then
date = args.date
elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then
date = lang:formatDate('F Y')
end
if date then
self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date)
end
self.info = args.info
if yesno(args.removalnotice) then
self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice
end
end

-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box
-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.
if self.isSmall then
self.text = args.smalltext or args.text
else
self.text = args.text
end

-- Set the below row.
self.below = cfg.below and args.below

-- General image settings.
self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv
self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell

-- Left image settings.
local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image
if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none'
or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none'
then
self.imageLeft = imageLeft
if not imageLeft then
local imageSize = self.isSmall
and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px')
or '40x40px'
self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage
or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize)
end
end

-- Right image settings.
local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright
if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then
self.imageRight = imageRight
end

-- set templatestyles
self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles
self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles
end

function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then
return nil
end

local nums = {}
for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do
args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix]
nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))
end

-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.
local date = args.date
date = type(date) == 'string' and date
local preposition = 'from'
for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)]
or args['category' .. tostring(num)]
local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)]
mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat
allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat
if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then
local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date)
self:addCat(0, catTitle)
catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle)
if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then
self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template')
end
elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then
self:addCat(0, mainCat)
end
if allCat then
self:addCat(0, allCat)
end
end
end

function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

-- Add template categories.
if cfg.templateCategory then
if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then
if self.isTemplatePage then
self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
end
elseif not self.title.isSubpage then
self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
end
end

-- Add template error categories.
if cfg.templateErrorCategory then
local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory
local templateCat, templateSort
if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
elseif self.isTemplatePage then
local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}
local count = 0
for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do
if not args[param] then
count = count + 1
end
end
if count > 0 then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
templateSort = tostring(count)
end
if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
templateSort = 'C'
end
end
self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)
end
end

function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()
-- Set categories for all namespaces.
if self.invalidTypeError then
local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText
self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort)
end
if self.isSubstituted then
self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates')
end
end

function MessageBox:setCategories()
if self.title.namespace == 0 then
self:setMainspaceCategories()
elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then
self:setTemplateCategories()
end
self:setAllNamespaceCategories()
end

function MessageBox:renderCategories()
if not self.hasCategories then
-- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so,
-- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string.
-- So we shortcut and return the empty string.
return ""
end
-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through
-- [[Module:Category handler]].
return require('Module:Category handler')._main{
main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),
template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),
all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),
nocat = self.args.nocat,
page = self.args.page
}
end

function MessageBox:export()
local root = mw.html.create()

-- Add the subst check error.
if self.isSubstituted and self.name then
root:tag('b')
:addClass('error')
:wikitext(string.format(
'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.',
mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}')
))
end

local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles',
args = { src = self.base_templatestyles },
})
-- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as
-- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we
-- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places
if self.templatestyles then
root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles',
args = { src = self.templatestyles },
})
end

-- Create the box table.
local boxTable = root:tag('table')
boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil)
for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do
boxTable:addClass(class or nil)
end
boxTable
:cssText(self.style or nil)
:attr('role', 'presentation')

if self.attrs then
boxTable:attr(self.attrs)
end

-- Add the left-hand image.
local row = boxTable:tag('tr')
if self.imageLeft then
local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image')
if self.imageCellDiv then
-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image
-- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the
-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,
-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.
imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div')
end
imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)
elseif self.imageEmptyCell then
-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and
-- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are
-- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width
-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width."
row:tag('td')
:addClass('mbox-empty-cell')
end

-- Add the text.
local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text')
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be
-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.
textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div')
textCellDiv
:addClass('mbox-text-span')
:wikitext(self.issue or nil)
if (self.talk or self.fix) then
textCellDiv:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil)
:wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil)
end
textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil)
if self.info and not self.isSmall then
textCellDiv
:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil)
end
if self.removalNotice then
textCellDiv:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:tag('i')
:wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice))
end
else
-- Default text formatting - anything goes.
textCell
:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
:wikitext(self.text or nil)
end

-- Add the right-hand image.
if self.imageRight then
local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright')
if self.imageCellDiv then
-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image
-- is inside it.
imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div')
end
imageRightCell
:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)
end

-- Add the below row.
if self.below then
boxTable:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2')
:addClass('mbox-text')
:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
:wikitext(self.below or nil)
end

-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.
if self.invalidTypeError then
root:tag('div')
:addClass('mbox-invalid-type')
:wikitext(string.format(
'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.',
self.type or ''
))
end

-- Add categories.
root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)

return tostring(root)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p, mt = {}, {}

function p._exportClasses()
-- For testing.
return {
MessageBox = MessageBox
}
end

function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)
local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE))
box:setParameters()
box:setCategories()
return box:export()
end

function mt.__index(t, k)
return function (frame)
if not getArgs then
getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
end
return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))
end
end

return setmetatable(p, mt)

Module:Lua banner

2025-09-25T23:40:31Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Lua banner to Module:Lua banner

-- This module implements the {{lua}} template.
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local mList = require('Module:List')
local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')
local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box')

local p = {}

function p.main(frame)
local origArgs = frame:getParent().args
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if v ~= '' then
args[k] = v
end
end
return p._main(args)
end

function p._main(args)
local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args)
local box = p.renderBox(modules)
local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules)
return box .. trackingCategories
end

function p.renderBox(modules)
local boxArgs = {}
if #modules < 1 then
boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>'
else
local moduleLinks = {}
for i, module in ipairs(modules) do
moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module)
local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox')
if maybeSandbox.exists then
moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText)
end
end
local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks)
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if title.subpageText == "doc" then
title = title.basePageTitle
end
if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then
boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList
else
boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList
end
end
boxArgs.type = 'notice'
boxArgs.small = true
boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]'
return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs)
end

function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj)
if yesno(args.nocat) then
return ''
end

local cats = {}

-- Error category
if #modules < 1 then
cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors'
end

-- Lua templates category
titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local subpageBlacklist = {
doc = true,
sandbox = true,
sandbox2 = true,
testcases = true
}
if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then
local protCatName
if titleObj.namespace == 10 then
local category = args.category
if not category then
local categories = {
['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module',
['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module',
['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module',
['Module:Citation'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module'
}
categories['Module:Citation/CS1'] = categories['Module:Citation']
category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]]
category = category or 'Lua-based templates'
end
cats[#cats + 1] = category
protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules"
elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then
protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules"
end
if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then
local protLevels = {
autoconfirmed = 1,
extendedconfirmed = 2,
templateeditor = 3,
sysop = 4
}
local currentProt
if titleObj.id ~= 0 then
-- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template.
currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1]
end
if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end
for i, module in ipairs(modules) do
if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then
local moduleProt = mw.title.new(module).protectionLevels["edit"][1]
if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end
if moduleProt < currentProt then
cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName
break
end
end
end
end
end
for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do
cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
end
return table.concat(cats)
end

return p

Module:List

2025-09-25T23:40:31Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:List to Module:List

-- This module outputs different kinds of lists. At the moment, bulleted,
-- unbulleted, horizontal, ordered, and horizontal ordered lists are supported.

local libUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libUtil.checkType
local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')

local p = {}

local listTypes = {
['bulleted'] = true,
['unbulleted'] = true,
['horizontal'] = true,
['ordered'] = true,
['horizontal_ordered'] = true
}

function p.makeListData(listType, args)
-- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList.
local data = {}

-- Classes
data.classes = {}
if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then
table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist hlist-separated')
elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then
table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist')
end
table.insert(data.classes, args.class)

-- Main div style
data.style = args.style

-- Indent for horizontal lists
if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then
local indent = tonumber(args.indent)
indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0
if indent > 0 then
data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em'
end
end

-- List style types for ordered lists
-- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style
-- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS
-- property.
if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then
data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type']
data.type = args['type']

-- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to
-- list-style-type CSS properties.
if data.type
and not data.listStyleType
and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$')
then
data.listStyleType = data.type
data.type = nil
end
end

-- List tag type
if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then
data.listTag = 'ol'
else
data.listTag = 'ul'
end

-- Start number for ordered lists
data.start = args.start
if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then
-- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists.
local startNum = tonumber(data.start)
if startNum then
data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1)
end
end

-- List style
-- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No
-- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists.
data.listStyle = args.list_style

-- List items
-- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included
-- to be easier to understand for non-coders.
data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style
data.items = {}
for i, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do
local item = {}
item.content = args[num]
item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style']
or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)]
item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value']
or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)]
table.insert(data.items, item)
end

return data
end

function p.renderList(data)
-- Renders the list HTML.

-- Return the blank string if there are no list items.
if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then
return ''
end

-- Render the main div tag.
local root = mw.html.create('div')
for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do
root:addClass(class)
end
root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft}
if data.style then
root:cssText(data.style)
end

-- Render the list tag.
local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul')
list
:attr{start = data.start, type = data.type}
:css{
['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset,
['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType
}
if data.listStyle then
list:cssText(data.listStyle)
end

-- Render the list items
for i, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do
local item = list:tag('li')
if data.itemStyle then
item:cssText(data.itemStyle)
end
if t.style then
item:cssText(t.style)
end
item
:attr{value = t.value}
:wikitext(t.content)
end

return tostring(root)
end

function p.renderTrackingCategories(args)
local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters.
for k, v in pairs(args) do
k = tostring(k)
if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then
isDeprecated = true
break
end
end
local ret = ''
if isDeprecated then
ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]'
end
return ret
end

function p.makeList(listType, args)
if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then
error(string.format(
"bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)",
tostring(listType)
), 2)
end
checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table')
local data = p.makeListData(listType, args)
local list = p.renderList(data)
local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args)
return list .. trackingCategories
end

for listType in pairs(listTypes) do
p[listType] = function (frame)
local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {
valueFunc = function (key, value)
if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end
if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then
return value
else
return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
end
return nil
end
})
-- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
args[k] = v
end
return p.makeList(listType, args)
end
end

return p

Module:Labelled list hatnote

2025-09-25T23:40:31Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Labelled list hatnote to Module:Labelled list hatnote

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Labelled list --
-- --
-- This module does the core work of creating a hatnote composed of a list --
-- prefixed by a colon-terminated label, i.e. "LABEL: [andList of pages]", --
-- for {{see also}} and similar templates. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote')
local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list')
local mArguments --initialize lazily
local yesno --initialize lazily
local p = {}

-- Defaults global to this module
local defaults = {
label = 'See also', --Final fallback for label argument
labelForm = '%s: %s',
prefixes = {'label', 'label ', 'l'},
template = 'Module:Labelled list hatnote'
}

-- Localizable message strings
local msg = {
errorSuffix = '#Errors',
noInputWarning = 'no page names specified',
noOutputWarning =
"'''[[%s]] — no output: none of the target pages exist.'''"
}

-- Helper function that pre-combines display parameters into page arguments.
-- Also compresses sparse arrays, as a desirable side-effect.
function p.preprocessDisplays (args, prefixes)
-- Prefixes specify which parameters, in order, to check for display options
-- They each have numbers auto-appended, e.g. 'label1', 'label 1', & 'l1'
prefixes = prefixes or defaults.prefixes
local indices = {}
local sparsePages = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'number' then
indices[#indices + 1] = k
local display
for i = 1, #prefixes do
display = args[prefixes[i] .. k]
if display then break end
end
sparsePages[k] = display and
string.format('%s|%s', string.gsub(v, '|.*$', ''), display) or v
end
end
table.sort(indices)
local pages = {}
for k, v in ipairs(indices) do pages[#pages + 1] = sparsePages[v] end
return pages
end

--Helper function to get a page target from a processed page string
--e.g. "Page|Label" → "Page" or "Target" → "Target"
local function getTarget(pagename)
local pipe = string.find(pagename, '|')
return string.sub(pagename, 0, pipe and pipe - 1 or nil)
end

-- Produces a labelled pages-list hatnote.
-- The main frame (template definition) takes 1 or 2 arguments, for a singular
-- and (optionally) plural label respectively:
-- * {{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Singular label|Plural label}}
-- The resulting template takes pagename & label parameters normally.
function p.labelledList (frame)
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local labels = {frame.args[1] or defaults.label}
labels[2] = frame.args[2] or labels[1]
labels[3] = frame.args[3] --no defaulting
labels[4] = frame.args[4] --no defaulting
local template = frame:getParent():getTitle()
local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})
local pages = p.preprocessDisplays(args)
local options = {
category = yesno(args.category),
extraclasses = frame.args.extraclasses,
ifexists = yesno(frame.args.ifexists),
namespace = frame.args.namespace or args.namespace,
selfref = yesno(frame.args.selfref or args.selfref),
template = template
}
return p._labelledList(pages, labels, options)
end

function p._labelledList (pages, labels, options)
if options.ifexists then
for k = #pages, 1, -1 do --iterate backwards to allow smooth removals
local v = pages[k]
local title = mw.title.new(getTarget(v), namespace)
if (v == '') or title == nil or not title.exists then
table.remove(pages, k)
end
end
end
labels = labels or {}
label = (#pages == 1 and labels[1] or labels[2]) or defaults.label
for k, v in pairs(pages) do
if mHatnote.findNamespaceId(v) ~= 0 then
label =
(
#pages == 1 and
(labels[3] or labels[1] or defaults.label) or
(labels[4] or labels[2] or defaults.label)
) or defaults.label
end
end
if #pages == 0 then
if options.ifexists then
mw.addWarning(
string.format(
msg.noOutputWarning, options.template or defaults.template
)
)
return ''
else
return mHatnote.makeWikitextError(
msg.noInputWarning,
(options.template or defaults.template) .. msg.errorSuffix,
options.category
)
end
end
local text = string.format(
options.labelForm or defaults.labelForm,
label,
mHatlist.andList(pages, true)
)
local hnOptions = {
extraclasses = options.extraclasses,
selfref = options.selfref
}
return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions)
end

return p

Module:High-use

2025-09-25T23:40:30Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:High-use to Module:High-use

local p = {}

-- _fetch looks at the "demo" argument.
local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count').fetch
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

function p.num(frame, count)
if count == nil then
if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then
if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end
else
count = _fetch(frame)
end
end

-- Build output string
local return_value = ""
if count == nil then
if frame.args[1] == "risk" then
return_value = "a very large number of"
else
return_value = "many"
end
else
-- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones
local sigfig = 2
if count >= 100000 then
sigfig = 3
end

-- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs
local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1

-- Round and insert "approximately" or "+" when appropriate
if (frame.args[2] == "yes") or (mw.ustring.sub(frame.args[1],-1) == "+") then
-- Round down
return_value = string.format("%s+", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) )
else
-- Round to nearest
return_value = string.format("approximately %s", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) )
end

-- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes
if count and count > 250000 and not yesno (frame:getParent().args['no-percent']) then
local percent = math.floor( ( (count/frame:callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') ) * 100) + 0.5)
if percent >= 1 then
return_value = string.format("%s pages, or roughly %s%% of all", return_value, percent)
end
end
end

return return_value
end
-- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count
function p.risk(frame)
local return_value = ""
if frame.args[1] == "risk" then
return_value = "risk"
else
local count = _fetch(frame)
if count and count >= 100000 then return_value = "risk" end
end
return return_value
end

function p.text(frame, count)
-- Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone
-- is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count.
local bot_text = (frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") == "") and "\n\n----\n'''Preview message''': Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]])." or ''

if count == nil then
if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then
if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end
else
count = _fetch(frame)
end
end
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if title.subpageText == "doc" or title.subpageText == "sandbox" then
title = title.basePageTitle
end

local systemMessages = frame.args['system']
if frame.args['system'] == '' then
systemMessages = nil
end

-- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localiation.
local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/index.php?project=%s&page=%s %s pages]'):format(
mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'),
mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p.num(frame, count))
local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Lua module" or "template") .. ' is used ';
if systemMessages then
used_on_text = used_on_text .. systemMessages ..
((count and count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''"))
else
used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''"
end

local sandbox_text = ("%s's [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. "):format(
(mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "module" or "template"),
title.fullText, title.fullText,
mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Module:Sandbox|module sandbox" or "Wikipedia:User pages#SUB|user subpage"
)

local infoArg = frame.args["info"] ~= "" and frame.args["info"]
if (systemMessages or frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000) ) then
local info = systemMessages and '.<br/>Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface.' or '.'
if infoArg then
info = info .. "<br />" .. infoArg
end
sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' ..
(count and count >= 100000 and ' and server load' or '') ..
', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text ..
'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. '
else
sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') ..
'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text
end

local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes '
if frame.args["2"] and frame.args["2"] ~= "" and frame.args["2"] ~= "yes" then
discussion_text = string.format("%sat [[%s]]", discussion_text, frame.args["2"])
else
discussion_text = string.format("%son the [[%s|talk page]]", discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText )
end

return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. " before implementing them." .. bot_text
end

function p.main(frame)
local count = nil
if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then
if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end
else
count = _fetch(frame)
end
local image = "[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]"
local type_param = "style"
local epilogue = ''
if frame.args['system'] and frame.args['system'] ~= '' then
image = "[[File:Ambox important.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]"
type_param = "content"
local nocat = frame:getParent().args['nocat'] or frame.args['nocat']
local categorise = (nocat == '' or not yesno(nocat))
if categorise then
epilogue = frame:preprocess('{{Sandbox other||{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]}}}}')
end
elseif (frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000)) then
image = "[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]"
type_param = "content"
end

if frame.args["form"] == "editnotice" then
return frame:expandTemplate{
title = 'editnotice',
args = {
["image"] = image,
["text"] = p.text(frame, count),
["expiry"] = (frame.args["expiry"] or "")
}
} .. epilogue
else
return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', {
type = type_param,
image = image,
text = p.text(frame, count),
expiry = (frame.args["expiry"] or "")
}) .. epilogue
end
end

return p

Module:Hatnote list

2025-09-25T23:40:30Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Hatnote list to Module:Hatnote list

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Module:Hatnote list --
-- --
-- This module produces and formats lists for use in hatnotes. In particular, --
-- it implements the for-see list, i.e. lists of "For X, see Y" statements, --
-- as used in {{about}}, {{redirect}}, and their variants. Also introduced --
-- are andList & orList helpers for formatting lists with those conjunctions. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local mArguments --initialize lazily
local mFormatLink = require('Module:Format link')
local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote')
local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- List stringification helper functions
--
-- These functions are used for stringifying lists, usually page lists inside
-- the "Y" portion of "For X, see Y" for-see items.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--default options table used across the list stringification functions
local stringifyListDefaultOptions = {
conjunction = "and",
separator = ",",
altSeparator = ";",
space = " ",
formatted = false
}

--Searches display text only
local function searchDisp(haystack, needle)
return string.find(
string.sub(haystack, (string.find(haystack, '|') or 0) + 1), needle
)
end

-- Stringifies a list generically; probably shouldn't be used directly
local function stringifyList(list, options)
-- Type-checks, defaults, and a shortcut
checkType("stringifyList", 1, list, "table")
if #list == 0 then return nil end
checkType("stringifyList", 2, options, "table", true)
options = options or {}
for k, v in pairs(stringifyListDefaultOptions) do
if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end
end
local s = options.space
-- Format the list if requested
if options.formatted then
list = mFormatLink.formatPages(
{categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat}, list
)
end
-- Set the separator; if any item contains it, use the alternate separator
local separator = options.separator
for k, v in pairs(list) do
if searchDisp(v, separator) then
separator = options.altSeparator
break
end
end
-- Set the conjunction, apply Oxford comma, and force a comma if #1 has "§"
local conjunction = s .. options.conjunction .. s
if #list == 2 and searchDisp(list[1], "§") or #list > 2 then
conjunction = separator .. conjunction
end
-- Return the formatted string
return mw.text.listToText(list, separator .. s, conjunction)
end

--DRY function
function p.conjList (conj, list, fmt)
return stringifyList(list, {conjunction = conj, formatted = fmt})
end

-- Stringifies lists with "and" or "or"
function p.andList (...) return p.conjList("and", ...) end
function p.orList (...) return p.conjList("or", ...) end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- For see
--
-- Makes a "For X, see [[Y]]." list from raw parameters. Intended for the
-- {{about}} and {{redirect}} templates and their variants.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--default options table used across the forSee family of functions
local forSeeDefaultOptions = {
andKeyword = 'and',
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text,
otherText = 'other uses',
forSeeForm = 'For %s, see %s.',
}

--Collapses duplicate punctuation
local function punctuationCollapse (text)
local replacements = {
["%.%.$"] = ".",
["%?%.$"] = "?",
["%!%.$"] = "!",
["%.%]%]%.$"] = ".]]",
["%?%]%]%.$"] = "?]]",
["%!%]%]%.$"] = "!]]"
}
for k, v in pairs(replacements) do text = string.gsub(text, k, v) end
return text
end

-- Structures arguments into a table for stringification, & options
function p.forSeeArgsToTable (args, from, options)
-- Type-checks and defaults
checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 1, args, 'table')
checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 2, from, 'number', true)
from = from or 1
checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 3, options, 'table', true)
options = options or {}
for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do
if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end
end
-- maxArg's gotten manually because getArgs() and table.maxn aren't friends
local maxArg = 0
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'number' and k > maxArg then maxArg = k end
end
-- Structure the data out from the parameter list:
-- * forTable is the wrapper table, with forRow rows
-- * Rows are tables of a "use" string & a "pages" table of pagename strings
-- * Blanks are left empty for defaulting elsewhere, but can terminate list
local forTable = {}
local i = from
local terminated = false
-- If there is extra text, and no arguments are given, give nil value
-- to not produce default of "For other uses, see foo (disambiguation)"
if options.extratext and i > maxArg then return nil end
-- Loop to generate rows
repeat
-- New empty row
local forRow = {}
-- On blank use, assume list's ended & break at end of this loop
forRow.use = args[i]
if not args[i] then terminated = true end
-- New empty list of pages
forRow.pages = {}
-- Insert first pages item if present
table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 1])
-- If the param after next is "and", do inner loop to collect params
-- until the "and"'s stop. Blanks are ignored: "1|and||and|3" → {1, 3}
while args[i + 2] == options.andKeyword do
if args[i + 3] then
table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 3])
end
-- Increment to next "and"
i = i + 2
end
-- Increment to next use
i = i + 2
-- Append the row
table.insert(forTable, forRow)
until terminated or i > maxArg

return forTable
end

-- Stringifies a table as formatted by forSeeArgsToTable
function p.forSeeTableToString (forSeeTable, options)
-- Type-checks and defaults
checkType("forSeeTableToString", 1, forSeeTable, "table", true)
checkType("forSeeTableToString", 2, options, "table", true)
options = options or {}
for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do
if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end
end
-- Stringify each for-see item into a list
local strList = {}
if forSeeTable then
for k, v in pairs(forSeeTable) do
local useStr = v.use or options.otherText
local pagesStr =
p.andList(v.pages, true) or
mFormatLink._formatLink{
categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat,
link = mHatnote.disambiguate(options.title)
}
local forSeeStr = string.format(options.forSeeForm, useStr, pagesStr)
forSeeStr = punctuationCollapse(forSeeStr)
table.insert(strList, forSeeStr)
end
end
if options.extratext then table.insert(strList, punctuationCollapse(options.extratext..'.')) end
-- Return the concatenated list
return table.concat(strList, ' ')
end

-- Produces a "For X, see [[Y]]" string from arguments. Expects index gaps
-- but not blank/whitespace values. Ignores named args and args < "from".
function p._forSee (args, from, options)
local forSeeTable = p.forSeeArgsToTable(args, from, options)
return p.forSeeTableToString(forSeeTable, options)
end

-- As _forSee, but uses the frame.
function p.forSee (frame, from, options)
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
return p._forSee(mArguments.getArgs(frame), from, options)
end

return p

Module:Hatnote

2025-09-25T23:40:30Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Hatnote to Module:Hatnote

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Module:Hatnote --
-- --
-- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It --
-- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes --
-- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg
local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]]
local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]]
local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink

local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getArgs(frame)
-- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and
-- blanks are removed.
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})
end

local function removeInitialColon(s)
-- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present.
return s:match('^:?(.*)')
end

function p.defaultClasses(inline)
-- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful
-- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]].
return
(inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' ..
'navigation-not-searchable'
end

function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator)
-- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical,
-- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)".
checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string')
checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true)
disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation'
return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator)
end

function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon)
-- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This
-- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons
-- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon
-- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false.
checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string')
checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true)
if removeColon ~= false then
link = removeInitialColon(link)
end
local namespace = link:match('^(.-):')
if namespace then
local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace]
if nsTable then
return nsTable.id
end
end
return 0
end

function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title)
-- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If
-- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from
-- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category
-- is added.
checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string')
checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true)
yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
-- Make the help link text.
local helpText
if helpLink then
helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])'
else
helpText = ''
end
-- Make the category text.
local category
if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages
and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace
and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out
then
category = 'Hatnote templates with errors'
category = mw.ustring.format(
'[[%s:%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
category
)
else
category = ''
end
return mw.ustring.format(
'<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s',
msg,
helpText,
category
)
end

local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace
p.missingTargetCat =
--Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules
((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and
'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil

function p.quote(title)
--Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation
--mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}}
local quotationMarks = {
["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true
}
local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks
quotationMarks[string.sub(title, 1, 1)],
quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)]
if quoteLeft or quoteRight then
title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title)
end
if quoteLeft then title:css("padding-left", "0.15em") end
if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end
return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"'
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Hatnote
--
-- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.hatnote(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)
local s = args[1]
if not s then
return p.makeWikitextError(
'no text specified',
'Template:Hatnote#Errors',
args.category
)
end
return p._hatnote(s, {
extraclasses = args.extraclasses,
selfref = args.selfref
})
end

function p._hatnote(s, options)
checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string')
checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true)
options = options or {}
local inline = options.inline
local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div')
local extraclasses
if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then
extraclasses = options.extraclasses
end

hatnote
:attr('role', 'note')
:addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline))
:addClass(extraclasses)
:addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil)
:wikitext(s)

return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' }
} .. tostring(hatnote)
end

return p

Module:Format link

2025-09-25T23:40:29Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Format link to Module:Format link

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Format link
--
-- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped
-- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed
-- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in
-- the {{format link}} template.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg
local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]]
local mError -- lazily initialise [[Module:Error]]
local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]]

local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getArgs(frame)
-- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and
-- blanks are removed.
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})
end

local function removeInitialColon(s)
-- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present.
return s:match('^:?(.*)')
end

local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize)
-- Italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true.
if s and shouldItalicize then
return '<i>' .. s .. '</i>'
else
return s
end
end

local function parseLink(link)
-- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components.
-- These components are:
-- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present)
-- - page: the page name (always present)
-- - section: the page name (may be nil)
-- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil)
link = removeInitialColon(link)

-- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic
-- word.
local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$')
link = prePipe or link

-- Find the page, if it exists.
-- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil.
local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$')
local page
if not preHash then
-- We have a link like [[Foo]].
page = link
elseif preHash ~= '' then
-- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]].
page = preHash
end

-- Find the section, if it exists.
local section
if postHash and postHash ~= '' then
section = postHash
end

return {
link = link,
page = page,
section = section,
display = display,
}
end

local function formatDisplay(parsed, options)
-- Formats a display string based on a parsed link table (matching the
-- output of parseLink) and an options table (matching the input options for
-- _formatLink).
local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage)
local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection)
if (not section) then
return page
elseif (not page) then
return mw.ustring.format('§ %s', section)
else
return mw.ustring.format('%s § %s', page, section)
end
end

local function missingArgError(target)
mError = require('Module:Error')
return mError.error{message =
'Error: no link or target specified! ([[' .. target .. '#Errors|help]])'
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Main functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.formatLink(frame)
-- The formatLink export function, for use in templates.
yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local args = getArgs(frame)
local link = args[1] or args.link
local target = args[3] or args.target
if not (link or target) then
return missingArgError('Template:Format link')
end

return p._formatLink{
link = link,
display = args[2] or args.display,
target = target,
italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage),
italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection),
categorizeMissing = args.categorizemissing
}
end

function p._formatLink(options)
-- The formatLink export function, for use in modules.
checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table')
local function check(key, expectedType) --for brevity
checkTypeForNamedArg(
'_formatLink', key, options[key], expectedType or 'string', true
)
end
check('link')
check('display')
check('target')
check('italicizePage', 'boolean')
check('italicizeSection', 'boolean')
check('categorizeMissing')

-- Normalize link and target and check that at least one is present
if options.link == '' then options.link = nil end
if options.target == '' then options.target = nil end
if not (options.link or options.target) then
return missingArgError('Module:Format link')
end

local parsed = parseLink(options.link)
local display = options.display or parsed.display
local catMissing = options.categorizeMissing
local category = ''

-- Find the display text
if not display then display = formatDisplay(parsed, options) end

-- Handle the target option if present
if options.target then
local parsedTarget = parseLink(options.target)
parsed.link = parsedTarget.link
parsed.page = parsedTarget.page
end

-- Test if page exists if a diagnostic category is specified
if catMissing and (mw.ustring.len(catMissing) > 0) then
local title = nil
if parsed.page then title = mw.title.new(parsed.page) end
if title and (not title.isExternal) then
local success, exists = pcall(function() return title.exists end)
if success and not exists then
category = mw.ustring.format('[[Category:%s]]', catMissing)
end
end
end

-- Format the result as a link
if parsed.link == display then
return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s]]%s', parsed.link, category)
else
return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s|%s]]%s', parsed.link, display, category)
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Derived convenience functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.formatPages(options, pages)
-- Formats an array of pages using formatLink and the given options table,
-- and returns it as an array. Nil values are not allowed.
local ret = {}
for i, page in ipairs(pages) do
ret[i] = p._formatLink{
link = page,
categorizeMissing = options.categorizeMissing,
italicizePage = options.italicizePage,
italicizeSection = options.italicizeSection
}
end
return ret
end

return p

Module:For

2025-09-25T23:40:29Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:For to Module:For

local mArguments --initialize lazily
local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list')
local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote')
local yesNo = require('Module:Yesno')
local p = {}

--Implements {{For}} from the frame
--uses capitalized "For" to avoid collision with Lua reserved word "for"
function p.For (frame)
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
return p._For(mArguments.getArgs(frame))
end

--Implements {{For}} but takes a manual arguments table
function p._For (args)
local use = args[1]
if (not use) then
return mHatnote.makeWikitextError(
'no context parameter provided. Use {{other uses}} for "other uses" hatnotes.',
'Template:For#Errors',
args.category
)
end
local pages = {}
function two (a, b) return a, b, 1 end --lets us run ipairs from 2
for k, v in two(ipairs(args)) do table.insert(pages, v) end
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local skipCat = title.isTalkPage or title.namespace == 2 --don't categorise talk pages and userspace
local oddCat = skipCat and '' or '[[Category:Hatnote templates using unusual parameters]]'
local category = yesNo(args.category)
return mHatnote._hatnote(
mHatlist.forSeeTableToString({{use = use, pages = pages}}),
{selfref = args.selfref}
) .. (
(use == 'other uses') and ((category == true) or (category == nil)) and
oddCat or ''
)
end

return p

Module:File link

2025-09-25T23:40:29Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:File link to Module:File link

-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.

local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType

local p = {}

function p._main(args)
checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table')

-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our
-- own function to get the right error level.
local function checkArg(key, val, level)
if type(val) ~= 'string' then
error(string.format(
"type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)",
key, type(val)
), level)
end
end

local ret = {}

-- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer.
local function addPositional(key)
local val = args[key]
if not val then
return nil
end
checkArg(key, val, 4)
ret[#ret + 1] = val
end

-- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name
-- is the same as the argument key.
local function addNamed(key)
local val = args[key]
if not val then
return nil
end
checkArg(key, val, 4)
ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val
end

-- Filename
checkArg('file', args.file, 3)
ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file

-- Format
if args.format then
checkArg('format', args.format)
if args.formatfile then
checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile)
ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile
else
ret[#ret + 1] = args.format
end
end

-- Border
if yesno(args.border) then
ret[#ret + 1] = 'border'
end

addPositional('location')
addPositional('alignment')
addPositional('size')
addNamed('upright')
addNamed('link')
addNamed('alt')
addNamed('page')
addNamed('class')
addNamed('lang')
addNamed('start')
addNamed('end')
addNamed('thumbtime')
addPositional('caption')

return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|'))
end

function p.main(frame)
local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
wrappers = 'Template:File link'
})
if not origArgs.file then
error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0)
end

-- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up
-- every possible parameter in the frame object.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
-- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in
-- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be
-- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do
-- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]].
if v == '_BLANK' then
v = ''
end
args[k] = v
end
return p._main(args)
end

return p

Module:Effective protection level

2025-09-25T23:40:28Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Effective protection level to Module:Effective protection level

local p = {}

-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
local title
if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
title = pagename
elseif pagename then
title = mw.title.new(pagename)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
pagename = title.prefixedText
if action == 'autoreview' then
local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
level = level and level.autoreview
if level == 'review' then
return 'reviewer'
elseif level ~= '' then
return level
else
return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review
end
elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then
error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 )
end
if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace
if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page
return 'interfaceadmin'
else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page
return 'sysop'
end
elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then
if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page
return 'interfaceadmin'
elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page
return 'sysop'
end
end
if action == 'undelete' then
return 'sysop'
end
local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]
if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then
return 'sysop'
elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page
return 'sysop'
elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif action == 'move' then
local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.
if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif title.namespace == 6 then
return 'filemover'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
return 'extendedconfirmed'
else
return 'autoconfirmed'
end
end
local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)
if blacklistentry then
if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
return 'extendedconfirmed'
else
return 'autoconfirmed'
end
elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason
return 'autoconfirmed'
elseif level then
return level
elseif action == 'upload' then
return 'autoconfirmed'
elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts
return 'user'
else
return '*'
end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
return function(frame)
return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
end
end })

return p

Module:Effective protection expiry

2025-09-25T23:40:28Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Effective protection expiry to Module:Effective protection expiry

local p = {}

-- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
local title
if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
title = pagename
elseif pagename then
title = mw.title.new(pagename)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
pagename = title.prefixedText
if action == 'autoreview' then
local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown'
elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then
error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 )
end
local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename)
if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then
return 'infinity'
elseif rawExpiry == '' then
return 'unknown'
else
local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match(
'^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$'
)
if year then
return string.format(
'%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s',
year, month, day, hour, minute, second
)
else
error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp')
end
end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
return function(frame)
return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
end
end })

return p

Module:Documentation/config

2025-09-25T23:40:28Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Documentation/config to Module:Documentation/config

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- Configuration for Module:Documentation
--
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here
-- should be string values.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection template configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['protection-reason-edit']
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].
cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox notice configuration
--
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the
-- messages that the notices contains.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

-- cfg['sandbox-notice-image']
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.
cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other']
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display']
-- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page
-- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'],
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test
-- cases.
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['sandbox-category']
-- A category to add to all template sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext']
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.
cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'

-- cfg['template-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.
cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation'

-- cfg['module-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.
cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation'

-- cfg['file-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.
cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary'

-- cfg['other-namespaces-heading']
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.
cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation'

-- cfg['view-link-display']
-- The text to display for "view" links.
cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view'

-- cfg['edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for "edit" links.
cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['history-link-display']
-- The text to display for "history" links.
cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history'

-- cfg['purge-link-display']
-- The text to display for "purge" links.
cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge'

-- cfg['create-link-display']
-- The text to display for "create" links.
cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Link box (end box) configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb']
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.
cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'

--[[
-- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb']
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the
-- display cfg['create-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Experiment blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-template']
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-module']
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it
-- might look like this:
--
-- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.
--
-- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links.
--
-- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending
-- on what namespace we are in.
--
-- Parameters:
--
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:
--
-- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display'])
--
-- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
-- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display'])
--
-- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary'].
--
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:
--
-- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
-- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the
-- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current
-- namespace.
--]]
cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages."
cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages."

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['sandbox-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.
cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'

-- cfg['module-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.
cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-link-display']
-- The text to display for "sandbox" links.
cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links.
cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "create" links.
cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create'

-- cfg['compare-link-display']
-- The text to display for "compare" links.
cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

-- cfg['mirror-edit-summary']
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the
-- template page.
cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1'

-- cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- The text to display for "mirror" links.
cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror'

-- cfg['mirror-link-preload']
-- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link.
cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Test cases link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['testcases-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.
cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['template-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.
cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'

-- cfg['module-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.
cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-link-display']
-- The text to display for "testcases" links.
cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "edit" links.
cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['testcases-run-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "run" links.
cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['testcases-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "create" links.
cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Add categories blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['add-categories-blurb']
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or
-- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.'

-- cfg['doc-link-display']
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.
cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Subpages link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-blurb']
-- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a
-- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.
--]]
cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.'

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-link-display']
-- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'],
-- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.
--]]
cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1'

-- cfg['template-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.
cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template'

-- cfg['module-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.
cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module'

-- cfg['default-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.
cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Doc link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['doc-subpage']
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.
cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc'

-- cfg['docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.
cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload'

-- cfg['module-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.
cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- HTML and CSS configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['templatestyles']
-- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept.
-- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed.
cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'

-- cfg['container']
-- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the
-- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata
cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container'

-- cfg['main-div-classes']
-- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag.
cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation'

-- cfg['main-div-heading-class']
-- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces
cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading'

-- cfg['start-box-class']
-- Class for the start box
cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox'

-- cfg['start-box-link-classes']
-- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.
-- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]]
cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'

-- cfg['end-box-class']
-- Class for the end box.
cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata'

-- cfg['end-box-plainlinks']
-- Plainlinks
cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks'

-- cfg['toolbar-class']
-- Class added for toolbar links.
cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar'

-- cfg['clear']
-- Just used to clear things.
cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking category configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['display-strange-usage-category']
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).
cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true

-- cfg['strange-usage-category']
-- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.
cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--
-- Don't edit anything below this line.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

return cfg

Module:Documentation

2025-09-25T23:40:27Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Documentation to Module:Documentation

-- This module implements {{documentation}}.

-- Get required modules.
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

-- Get the config table.
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')

local p = {}

-- Often-used functions.
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p
-- table for testing purposes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)
--[[
-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.
-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not
-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'.
-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the
-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.
-- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.',
-- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz."
--]]
local msg = cfg[cfgKey]
expectType = expectType or 'string'
if type(msg) ~= expectType then
error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2)
end
if not valArray then
return msg
end

local function getMessageVal(match)
match = tonumber(match)
return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4)
end

return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal)
end

p.message = message

local function makeWikilink(page, display)
if display then
return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display)
else
return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page)
end
end

p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name
return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort)
end

p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink

local function makeUrlLink(url, display)
return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display)
end

p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink

local function makeToolbar(...)
local ret = {}
local lim = select('#', ...)
if lim < 1 then
return nil
end
for i = 1, lim do
ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)
end
-- 'documentation-toolbar'
return '<span class="' .. message('toolbar-class') .. '">('
.. table.concat(ret, ' | ') .. ')</span>'
end

p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Argument processing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
return function (frame)
local args = getArgs(frame, {
valueFunc = function (key, value)
if type(value) == 'string' then
value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace.
if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then
return value
else
return nil
end
else
return value
end
end
})
return p[funcName](args)
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Entry points
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.nonexistent(frame)
if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then
return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'}
else
return p.main(frame)
end
end

p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main')

function p._main(args)
--[[
-- This function defines logic flow for the module.
-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
--]]
local env = p.getEnvironment(args)
local root = mw.html.create()
root
:wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env))
:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))
:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation-container'
:addClass(message('container'))
:attr('role', 'complementary')
:attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil)
:attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil)
:newline()
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation'
:addClass(message('main-div-classes'))
:newline()
:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))
:wikitext(p._content(args, env))
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation-clear'
:addClass(message('clear'))
:done()
:newline()
:done()
:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))
:done()
:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))
-- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'
return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag (
'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles']
}) .. tostring(root)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Environment settings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.getEnvironment(args)
--[[
-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title
-- objects and other namespace- or path-related data.
-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
--
-- Title objects include:
-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)
-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)
-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.
-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.
-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.
--
-- Data includes:
-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.
-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace.
-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.
-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.
-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.
--
-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value
-- returned will be nil.
--]]

local env, envFuncs = {}, {}

-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value
-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions
-- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.)
setmetatable(env, {
__index = function (t, key)
local envFunc = envFuncs[key]
if envFunc then
local success, val = pcall(envFunc)
if success then
env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.
return val
end
end
return nil
end
})

function envFuncs.title()
-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.
local title
local titleArg = args.page
if titleArg then
title = mw.title.new(titleArg)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
return title
end

function envFuncs.templateTitle()
--[[
-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local title = env.title
local subpage = title.subpageText
if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then
return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)
else
return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)
end
end

function envFuncs.docTitle()
--[[
-- Title object of the /doc subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc'
--]]
local title = env.title
local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.
local docpage
if docname then
docpage = docname
else
docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage')
end
return mw.title.new(docpage)
end

function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()
--[[
-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox'
--]]
return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage'))
end

function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()
--[[
-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
--]]
return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage'))
end

function envFuncs.protectionLevels()
-- The protection levels table of the title object.
return env.title.protectionLevels
end

function envFuncs.subjectSpace()
-- The subject namespace number.
return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id
end

function envFuncs.docSpace()
-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the
-- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File,
-- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and
-- /testcases pages in talk space.
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then
return subjectSpace + 1
else
return subjectSpace
end
end

function envFuncs.docpageBase()
-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.
-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local docSpace = env.docSpace
local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name
-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.
return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text
end

function envFuncs.compareUrl()
-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then
local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl(
'Special:ComparePages',
{ page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}
)
return tostring(compareUrl)
else
return nil
end
end

return env
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Auxiliary templates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext')

function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)
local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end
pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care
local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"]
if moduleWikitext then
return moduleWikitext.main()
end
end

function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)
--[=[
-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'
-- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.'
-- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff'
-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases'
-- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes'
--]=]
local title = env.title
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle
and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then
return nil
end
-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text".
local omargs = {}
omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image')
-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like
-- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)."
local text = ''
local pagetype
if subjectSpace == 10 then
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module')
else
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other')
end
local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)
local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
if compareUrl then
local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display')
local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})
else
text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink})
end
-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like
-- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]."
local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then
if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then
local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})
else
local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink})
end
end
-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.
omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category'))

-- 'documentation-clear'
return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>'
.. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs)
end

function p.protectionTemplate(env)
-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- Messages:
-- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template'
-- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'}
local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels
if not protectionLevels then
return nil
end
local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]
local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]
if editProt then
-- The page is edit-protected.
return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true
}
elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then
-- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move
-- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to
-- no move protection at all.
return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
action = 'move', small = true
}
else
return nil
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox')

function p._startBox(args, env)
--[[
-- This function generates the start box.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make
-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox
-- which generate the box HTML.
--]]
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local links
local content = args.content
if not content or args[1] then
-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.
local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
if linksData then
links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)
end
end
-- Generate the start box html.
local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
if data then
return p.renderStartBox(data)
else
-- User specified no heading.
return nil
end
end

function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
--[[
-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'view-link-display' --> 'view'
-- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'history-link-display' --> 'history'
-- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge'
-- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
-- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload'
-- 'create-link-display' --> 'create'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local title = env.title
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not title or not docTitle then
return nil
end
if docTitle.isRedirect then
docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget
end

local data = {}
data.title = title
data.docTitle = docTitle
-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.
data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display')
data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display')
data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display')
-- Create link if /doc doesn't exist.
local preload = args.preload
if not preload then
if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
preload = message('module-preload')
else
preload = message('docpage-preload')
end
end
data.preload = preload
data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display')
return data
end

function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)
--[[
-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table.
-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData
--]]

local function escapeBrackets(s)
-- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities.
s = s:gsub('%[', '[') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities.
s = s:gsub('%]', ']')
return s
end

local ret
local docTitle = data.docTitle
local title = data.title
local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay)
if docTitle.exists then
local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)
local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay)
local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay)
ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]'
ret = escapeBrackets(ret)
ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink)
else
local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)
ret = '[%s] [%s]'
ret = escapeBrackets(ret)
ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink, purgeLink)
end
return ret
end

function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
--[=[
-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error.
--
-- Messages:
-- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'
-- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation'
-- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation'
-- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary'
-- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation'
-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create'
--]=]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not subjectSpace then
-- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output
-- if an error occurs.
subjectSpace = 2
end
local data = {}

-- Heading
local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.
if heading == '' then
-- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.
return nil
end
if heading then
data.heading = heading
elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace
data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading')
elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading')
else
data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading')
end

-- Heading CSS
local headingStyle = args['heading-style']
if headingStyle then
data.headingStyleText = headingStyle
else
-- 'documentation-heading'
data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class')
end

-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.
if links then
-- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'
data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes')
data.links = links
end

return data
end

function p.renderStartBox(data)
-- Renders the start box html.
-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.
local sbox = mw.html.create('div')
sbox
-- 'documentation-startbox'
:addClass(message('start-box-class'))
:newline()
:tag('span')
:addClass(data.headingClass)
:attr('id', 'documentation-heading')
:cssText(data.headingStyleText)
:wikitext(data.heading)
local links = data.links
if links then
sbox:tag('span')
:addClass(data.linksClass)
:attr('id', data.linksId)
:wikitext(links)
end
return tostring(sbox)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Documentation content
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content')

function p._content(args, env)
-- Displays the documentation contents
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local docTitle = env.docTitle
local content = args.content
if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}
end
-- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end
-- of docs are interpreted correctly.
return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n'
end

p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle')

function p._contentTitle(args, env)
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
return docTitle.prefixedText
else
return ''
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox')

function p._endBox(args, env)
--[=[
-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
--]=]

-- Get environment data.
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then
return nil
end

-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end
-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the
-- user, module or template namespaces.
local linkBox = args['link box']
if linkBox == 'off'
or not (
docTitle.exists
or subjectSpace == 2
or subjectSpace == 828
or subjectSpace == 10
)
then
return nil
end

-- Assemble the link box.
local text = ''
if linkBox then
text = text .. linkBox
else
text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]."
if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then
-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.
-- Add sandbox and testcases links.
-- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages."
text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />'
if not args.content and not args[1] then
-- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
-- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,
-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.
text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '')
end
text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template"
end
end

local box = mw.html.create('div')
-- 'documentation-metadata'
box:attr('role', 'note')
:addClass(message('end-box-class'))
-- 'plainlinks'
:addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks'))
:wikitext(text)
:done()

return '\n' .. tostring(box)
end

function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)
--[=[
-- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)".
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'history-link-display' --> 'history'
-- 'transcluded-from-blurb' -->
-- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]]
-- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'
-- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
-- 'create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'create-module-doc-blurb' -->
-- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'
--]=]
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not docTitle then
return nil
end
local ret
if docTitle.exists then
-- /doc exists; link to it.
local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)
local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay)
local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}
local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display')
local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay)
ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink})
.. ' '
.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)
.. '<br />'
elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then
-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.
local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')}
local createDisplay = message('create-link-display')
local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)
ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink})
.. '<br />'
end
return ret
end

function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages."
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff'
-- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'
-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
-- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1'
-- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror'
-- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror'
-- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases'
-- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit'
-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases'
-- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'
-- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'
-- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.'
-- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText
if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then
return nil
end
-- Make links.
local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks
if sandboxTitle.exists then
local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText
local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display')
local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)
local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display')
local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay)
local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
local compareLink
if compareUrl then
local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display')
compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
end
sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)
else
local sandboxPreload
if subjectSpace == 828 then
sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload')
else
sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload')
end
local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload}
local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display')
local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)
local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)})
local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload')
local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary}
if subjectSpace == 828 then
mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary}
end
local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display')
local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)
sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)
end
if testcasesTitle.exists then
local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText
local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)
local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display')
local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay)
-- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists
if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then
local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display')
local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink)
else
testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)
end
else
local testcasesPreload
if subjectSpace == 828 then
testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload')
else
testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload')
end
local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload}
local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display')
local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)
testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)
end
local messageName
if subjectSpace == 828 then
messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module'
else
messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template'
end
return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})
end

function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- Messages:
-- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc'
-- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'
--]]
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not docTitle then
return nil
end
local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display'))
return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink})
end

function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment

-- Messages:
-- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template'
-- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module'
-- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page'
-- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then
return nil
end
local pagetype
if subjectSpace == 10 then
pagetype = message('template-pagetype')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
pagetype = message('module-pagetype')
else
pagetype = message('default-pagetype')
end
local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(
'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/',
message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype})
)
return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink})
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.addTrackingCategories(env)
--[[
-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment

-- Messages:
-- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true
-- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc'
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
-- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'
--
-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have
-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.
--]]
local title = env.title
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not title or not subjectSpace then
return nil
end
local subpage = title.subpageText
local ret = ''
if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean')
and (
subpage == message('doc-subpage')
or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage')
)
then
ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category'))
end
return ret
end

return p

Module:Color contrast/colors

2025-09-25T23:40:27Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Color contrast/colors to Module:Color contrast/colors

return {
aliceblue = 0.92880068253475,
antiquewhite = 0.84646951707754,
aqua = 0.7874,
aquamarine = 0.8078549208338,
azure = 0.97265264954166,
beige = 0.8988459998705,
bisque = 0.80732327372979,
black = 0,
blanchedalmond = 0.85084439608156,
blue = 0.0722,
blueviolet = 0.12622014321946,
brown = 0.098224287876511,
burlywood = 0.51559844533893,
cadetblue = 0.29424681085422,
chartreuse = 0.76032025902623,
chocolate = 0.23898526114557,
coral = 0.37017930872924,
cornflowerblue = 0.30318641994179,
cornsilk = 0.93562110372965,
crimson = 0.16042199953026,
cyan = 0.7874,
darkblue = 0.018640801980939,
darkcyan = 0.20329317839046,
darkgoldenrod = 0.27264703559993,
darkgray = 0.39675523072563,
darkgreen = 0.091143429047575,
darkgrey = 0.39675523072563,
darkkhaki = 0.45747326349994,
darkmagenta = 0.07353047651207,
darkolivegreen = 0.12651920884889,
darkorange = 0.40016167026524,
darkorchid = 0.13413142174857,
darkred = 0.054889674531132,
darksalmon = 0.40541471563381,
darkseagreen = 0.43789249325969,
darkslateblue = 0.065792846227988,
darkslategray = 0.067608151928044,
darkslategrey = 0.067608151928044,
darkturquoise = 0.4874606277449,
darkviolet = 0.10999048339343,
deeppink = 0.23866895828276,
deepskyblue = 0.44481603395575,
dimgray = 0.14126329114027,
dimgrey = 0.14126329114027,
dodgerblue = 0.27442536991456,
firebrick = 0.10724525535015,
floralwhite = 0.95922484825004,
forestgreen = 0.18920812076002,
fuchsia = 0.2848,
gainsboro = 0.71569350050648,
ghostwhite = 0.94311261886323,
gold = 0.69860877428159,
goldenrod = 0.41919977809569,
gray = 0.2158605001139,
green = 0.15438342968146,
greenyellow = 0.80609472611453,
grey = 0.2158605001139,
honeydew = 0.96336535554782,
hotpink = 0.34658438169715,
indianred = 0.21406134963884,
indigo = 0.03107561486337,
ivory = 0.99071270600615,
khaki = 0.77012343394121,
lavender = 0.80318750514521,
lavenderblush = 0.90172748631046,
lawngreen = 0.73905893124963,
lemonchiffon = 0.94038992245622,
lightblue = 0.63709141280807,
lightcoral = 0.35522120733135,
lightcyan = 0.94587293494829,
lightgoldenrodyellow = 0.93348351018297,
lightgray = 0.65140563741982,
lightgreen = 0.69091979956865,
lightgrey = 0.65140563741982,
lightpink = 0.58566152734898,
lightsalmon = 0.4780675225206,
lightseagreen = 0.35050145117042,
lightskyblue = 0.56195637618331,
lightslategray = 0.23830165007287,
lightslategrey = 0.23830165007287,
lightsteelblue = 0.53983888284666,
lightyellow = 0.98161818392882,
lime = 0.7152,
limegreen = 0.44571042246098,
linen = 0.88357340984379,
magenta = 0.2848,
maroon = 0.045891942324215,
mediumaquamarine = 0.49389703310801,
mediumblue = 0.044077780212328,
mediumorchid = 0.21639251153773,
mediumpurple = 0.22905858091648,
mediumseagreen = 0.34393112338131,
mediumslateblue = 0.20284629471622,
mediumspringgreen = 0.70704308194184,
mediumturquoise = 0.5133827926448,
mediumvioletred = 0.14371899849357,
midnightblue = 0.02071786635086,
mintcream = 0.97834604947588,
mistyrose = 0.82183047859185,
moccasin = 0.80083000991567,
navajowhite = 0.76519682342785,
navy = 0.015585128108224,
oldlace = 0.91900633405549,
olive = 0.20027537200568,
olivedrab = 0.22593150951929,
orange = 0.4817026703631,
orangered = 0.25516243753416,
orchid = 0.31348806761439,
palegoldenrod = 0.78792647887614,
palegreen = 0.77936759006353,
paleturquoise = 0.76436077921714,
palevioletred = 0.28754994117889,
papayawhip = 0.87797100199835,
peachpuff = 0.74905589878251,
peru = 0.30113074877936,
pink = 0.63271070702466,
plum = 0.45734221587969,
powderblue = 0.68254586500605,
purple = 0.061477070432439,
rebeccapurple = 0.07492341159447,
red = 0.2126,
rosybrown = 0.32319457649407,
royalblue = 0.16663210743188,
saddlebrown = 0.097922285020521,
salmon = 0.36977241527596,
sandybrown = 0.46628543696283,
seagreen = 0.19734199706275,
seashell = 0.92737862206922,
sienna = 0.13697631337098,
silver = 0.52711512570581,
skyblue = 0.55291668518184,
slateblue = 0.14784278062136,
slategray = 0.20896704076536,
slategrey = 0.20896704076536,
snow = 0.96533341834849,
springgreen = 0.73052306068529,
steelblue = 0.20562642207625,
tan = 0.48237604163921,
teal = 0.16996855778968,
thistle = 0.56818401093733,
tomato = 0.30638612719415,
turquoise = 0.5895536427578,
violet = 0.40315452986676,
wheat = 0.74909702820482,
white = 1,
whitesmoke = 0.91309865179342,
yellow = 0.9278,
yellowgreen = 0.50762957208707,
}

Module:Color contrast

2025-09-25T23:40:27Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Color contrast to Module:Color contrast

--
-- This module implements
-- {{Color contrast ratio}}
-- {{Greater color contrast ratio}}
-- {{ColorToLum}}
-- {{RGBColorToLum}}
--
local p = {}
local HTMLcolor = mw.loadData( 'Module:Color contrast/colors' )

local function sRGB (v)
if (v <= 0.03928) then
v = v / 12.92
else
v = math.pow((v+0.055)/1.055, 2.4)
end
return v
end

local function rgbdec2lum(R, G, B)
if ( 0 <= R and R < 256 and 0 <= G and G < 256 and 0 <= B and B < 256 ) then
return 0.2126 * sRGB(R/255) + 0.7152 * sRGB(G/255) + 0.0722 * sRGB(B/255)
else
return ''
end
end

local function hsl2lum(h, s, l)
if ( 0 <= h and h < 360 and 0 <= s and s <= 1 and 0 <= l and l <= 1 ) then
local c = (1 - math.abs(2*l - 1))*s
local x = c*(1 - math.abs( math.fmod(h/60, 2) - 1) )
local m = l - c/2

local r, g, b = m, m, m
if( 0 <= h and h < 60 ) then
r = r + c
g = g + x
elseif( 60 <= h and h < 120 ) then
r = r + x
g = g + c
elseif( 120 <= h and h < 180 ) then
g = g + c
b = b + x
elseif( 180 <= h and h < 240 ) then
g = g + x
b = b + c
elseif( 240 <= h and h < 300 ) then
r = r + x
b = b + c
elseif( 300 <= h and h < 360 ) then
r = r + c
b = b + x
end
return rgbdec2lum(255*r, 255*g, 255*b)
else
return ''
end
end

local function color2lum(c)

if (c == nil) then
return ''
end

-- html '#' entity
c = c:gsub("#", "#")

-- whitespace
c = c:match( '^%s*(.-)[%s;]*$' )

-- unstrip nowiki strip markers
c = mw.text.unstripNoWiki(c)

-- lowercase
c = c:lower()

-- first try to look it up
local L = HTMLcolor[c]
if (L ~= nil) then
return L
end

-- convert from hsl
if mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then
local h, s, l = mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$')
return hsl2lum(tonumber(h), tonumber(s)/100, tonumber(l)/100)
end

-- convert from rgb
if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*%)$') then
local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*%)$')
return rgbdec2lum(tonumber(R), tonumber(G), tonumber(B))
end

-- convert from rgb percent
if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then
local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$')
return rgbdec2lum(255*tonumber(R)/100, 255*tonumber(G)/100, 255*tonumber(B)/100)
end

-- remove leading # (if there is one) and whitespace
c = mw.ustring.match(c, '^[%s#]*([a-f0-9]*)[%s]*$')

-- split into rgb
local cs = mw.text.split(c or '', '')
if( #cs == 6 ) then
local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2])
local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[4])
local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[5]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[6])

return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B)
elseif ( #cs == 3 ) then
local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[1])
local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2])
local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[3])

return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B)
end

-- failure, return blank
return ''
end

-- This exports the function for use in other modules.
-- The colour is passed as a string.
function p._lum(color)
return color2lum(color)
end

function p._greatercontrast(args)
local bias = tonumber(args['bias'] or '0') or 0
local css = (args['css'] and args['css'] ~= '') and true or false
local v1 = color2lum(args[1] or '')
local c2 = args[2] or '#FFFFFF'
local v2 = color2lum(c2)
local c3 = args[3] or '#000000'
local v3 = color2lum(c3)
local ratio1 = -1;
local ratio2 = -1;
if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then
ratio1 = (v2 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05)
ratio1 = (ratio1 < 1) and 1/ratio1 or ratio1
end
if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v3) == 'number') then
ratio2 = (v3 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05)
ratio2 = (ratio2 < 1) and 1/ratio2 or ratio2
end

if css then
local c1 = args[1] or ''
if mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or
mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then
c1 = '#' .. c1
end
if mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or
mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then
c2 = '#' .. c2
end
if mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or
mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then
c3 = '#' .. c3
end
return 'background-color:' .. c1 .. '; color:' .. ((ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '') .. ';'
end

return (ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or ''
end

function p._ratio(args)
local v1 = color2lum(args[1])
local v2 = color2lum(args[2])
if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then
-- v1 should be the brighter of the two.
if v2 > v1 then
v1, v2 = v2, v1
end
return (v1 + 0.05)/(v2 + 0.05)
else
return args['error'] or '?'
end
end

function p._styleratio(args)
local style = (args[1] or ''):lower()
local bg, fg = 'white', 'black'
local lum_bg, lum_fg = 1, 0

if args[2] then
local lum = color2lum(args[2])
if lum ~= '' then bg, lum_bg = args[2], lum end
end
if args[3] then
local lum = color2lum(args[3])
if lum ~= '' then fg, lum_fg = args[3], lum end
end

local slist = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(style or '', '&#[Xx]23;', '#'), '#', '#'), ';')
for k = 1,#slist do
local s = slist[k]
local k,v = s:match( '^[%s]*([^:]-):([^:]-)[%s;]*$' )
k = k or ''
v = v or ''
if (k:match('^[%s]*(background)[%s]*$') or k:match('^[%s]*(background%-color)[%s]*$')) then
local lum = color2lum(v)
if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_bg = v, lum end
elseif (k:match('^[%s]*(color)[%s]*$')) then
local lum = color2lum(v)
if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_fg = v, lum end
end
end
if lum_bg > lum_fg then
return (lum_bg + 0.05)/(lum_fg + 0.05)
else
return (lum_fg + 0.05)/(lum_bg + 0.05)
end
end

--[[
Use {{#invoke:Color contrast|somecolor}} directly or
{{#invoke:Color contrast}} from a wrapper template.

Parameters:
-- |1= — required; A color to check.
--]]
function p.lum(frame)
local color = frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1]
return p._lum(color)
end

function p.ratio(frame)
local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args
return p._ratio(args)
end

function p.styleratio(frame)
local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args
return p._styleratio(args)
end

function p.greatercontrast(frame)
local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args
return p._greatercontrast(args)
end

return p

Module:Check for unknown parameters

2025-09-25T23:40:26Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Check for unknown parameters to Module:Check for unknown parameters

-- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent
-- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is
-- not on the list
local p = {}

local function trim(s)
return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
end

local function isnotempty(s)
return s and s:match('%S')
end

local function clean(text)
-- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long.
-- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext.
local pos, truncated
local function truncate(text)
if truncated then
return ''
end
if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then
truncated = true
text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...'
end
return mw.text.nowiki(text)
end
local parts = {}
for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do
pos = remainder
table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '<' .. tag .. '>...</' .. tag .. '>')
end
table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1)))
return table.concat(parts)
end

function p._check(args, pargs)
if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then
-- TODO: error handling
return
end

-- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string
local knownargs = {}
local regexps = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'number' then
v = trim(v)
knownargs[v] = 1
elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then
table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$')
end
end

-- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list
local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank'])
local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional'])
local values = {}
for k, v in pairs(pargs) do
if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then
local knownflag = false
for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do
if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then
knownflag = true
break
end
end
if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then
table.insert(values, clean(k))
end
elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then
local knownflag = false
for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do
if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then
knownflag = true
break
end
end
if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then
table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v))
end
end
end

-- add results to the output tables
local res = {}
if #values > 0 then
local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, '

if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then
local preview_text = args['preview']
if isnotempty(preview_text) then
preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text})
elseif preview == nil then
preview_text = unknown_text
end
unknown_text = preview_text
end
for _, v in pairs(values) do
-- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and
-- breaks category links
if v == '' then v = ' ' end

-- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index")
local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v})
table.insert(res, r)
end
end

return table.concat(res)
end

function p.check(frame)
local args = frame.args
local pargs = frame:getParent().args
return p._check(args, pargs)
end

return p

Module:Arguments

2025-09-25T23:39:10Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Arguments to Module:Arguments

-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be
-- called from #invoke directly.

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType

local arguments = {}

-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the
-- options every time we call it.

local function tidyValDefault(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if val == '' then
return nil
else
return val
end
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
if val:find('%S') then
return val
else
return nil
end
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)
return val
end

local function matchesTitle(given, title)
local tp = type( given )
return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title
end

local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }

function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)
checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)
checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)
frame = frame or {}
options = options or {}

--[[
-- Set up argument translation.
--]]
options.translate = options.translate or {}
if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then
setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)
end
if options.backtranslate == nil then
options.backtranslate = {}
for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do
options.backtranslate[v] = k
end
end
if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then
setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {
__index = function(t, k)
if options.translate[k] ~= k then
return nil
else
return k
end
end
})
end

--[[
-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the
-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending
-- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't
-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module
-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args
-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).
--]]
local fargs, pargs, luaArgs
if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then
if options.wrappers then
--[[
-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in
-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but
-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax
-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated
-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.
-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame
-- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;
-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed
-- to getArgs.
--]]
local parent = frame:getParent()
if not parent then
fargs = frame.args
else
local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')
local found = false
if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then
found = true
elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then
for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do
if matchesTitle(v, title) then
found = true
break
end
end
end

-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.
if found or options.frameOnly == false then
pargs = parent.args
end
if not found or options.parentOnly == false then
fargs = frame.args
end
end
else
-- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.
if not options.parentOnly then
fargs = frame.args
end
if not options.frameOnly then
local parent = frame:getParent()
pargs = parent and parent.args or nil
end
end
if options.parentFirst then
fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs
end
else
luaArgs = frame
end

-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are
-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes
-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.
local argTables = {fargs}
argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs
argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs

--[[
-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we
-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the
-- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table
-- every time the function is called.
--]]
local tidyVal = options.valueFunc
if tidyVal then
if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then
error(
"bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'"
.. '(function expected, got '
.. type(tidyVal)
.. ')',
2
)
end
elseif options.trim ~= false then
if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
tidyVal = tidyValDefault
else
tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly
end
else
if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly
else
tidyVal = tidyValNoChange
end
end

--[[
-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one
-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil
-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them
-- together.
--]]
local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}
setmetatable(args, metatable)

local function mergeArgs(tables)
--[[
-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values
-- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;
-- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil
-- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft).
--]]
for _, t in ipairs(tables) do
for key, val in pairs(t) do
if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then
local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)
if tidiedVal == nil then
nilArgs[key] = 's'
else
metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal
end
end
end
end
end

--[[
-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,
-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments
-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this
-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil
-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record
-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not
-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do
-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all
-- the arguments will already have been copied over.
--]]

metatable.__index = function (t, key)
--[[
-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check
-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from
-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check
-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.
-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether
-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.
-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into
-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments
-- must be nil.
--]]
if type(key) == 'string' then
key = options.translate[key]
end
local val = metaArgs[key]
if val ~= nil then
return val
elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then
return nil
end
for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do
local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])
if argTableVal ~= nil then
metaArgs[key] = argTableVal
return argTableVal
end
end
nilArgs[key] = 'h'
return nil
end

metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)
-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the
-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.
if type(key) == 'string' then
key = options.translate[key]
end
if options.readOnly then
error(
'could not write to argument table key "'
.. tostring(key)
.. '"; the table is read-only',
2
)
elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then
error(
'could not write to argument table key "'
.. tostring(key)
.. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',
2
)
elseif val == nil then
--[[
-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase
-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do
-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need
-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked
-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.
--]]
metaArgs[key] = nil
nilArgs[key] = 'h'
else
metaArgs[key] = val
end
end

local function translatenext(invariant)
local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)
invariant.k = k
if k == nil then
return nil
elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then
return k, v
else
local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]
if backtranslate == nil then
-- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow
return translatenext(invariant)
else
return backtranslate, v
end
end
end

metatable.__pairs = function ()
-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.
if not metatable.donePairs then
mergeArgs(argTables)
metatable.donePairs = true
end
return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }
end

local function inext(t, i)
-- This uses our __index metamethod
local v = t[i + 1]
if v ~= nil then
return i + 1, v
end
end

metatable.__ipairs = function (t)
-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.
return inext, t, 0
end

return args
end

return arguments

NS828:Sidebar/styles.css

2025-09-25T23:32:05Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Sidebar/styles.css to NS828:Sidebar/styles.css without leaving a redirect

/* {{pp-template}} */
/* TODO: Invert width design to be "mobile first" */
.sidebar {
/* TODO: Ask if we should have max-width 22em instead */
width: 22em;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em;
background: #f8f9fa;
border: 1px solid #aaa;
padding: 0.2em;
text-align: center;
line-height: 1.4em;
font-size: 88%;
border-collapse: collapse;
/* Timeless has display: none on .nomobile at mobile resolutions, so we
* unhide it with display: table and let precedence and proximity win.
*/
display: table;
}

/* Unfortunately, so does Minerva desktop, except Minerva drops an
* !important on the declaration. So we have to be mean for Minerva users.
* Mobile removes the element entirely with `wgMFRemovableClasses` in
* https://github.com/wikimedia/operations-mediawiki-config/blob/master/
wmf-config/InitialiseSettings.php#L16992
* which is why displaying it categorically with display: table works.
* We don't really want to expose the generic user in the wild on mobile to have
* to deal with sidebars. (Maybe the ones with collapsible lists, so that
* might be an improvement. That is blocked on [[:phab:T111565]].)
*/
body.skin-minerva .sidebar {
display: table !important;
/* also, minerva is way too aggressive about other stylings on tables.
* TODO remove when this template gets moved to a div. plans on talk page.
* We always float right on Minerva because that's a lot of extra CSS
* otherwise. */
float: right !important;
margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em !important;
}

.sidebar-subgroup {
width: 100%;
margin: 0;
border-spacing: 0;
}

.sidebar-left {
/* @noflip */
float: left;
/* @noflip */
clear: left;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0;
}

.sidebar-none {
float: none;
clear: both;
/* @noflip */
margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0;
}

.sidebar-outer-title {
padding: 0 0.4em 0.2em;
font-size: 125%;
line-height: 1.2em;
font-weight: bold;
}

.sidebar-top-image {
padding: 0.4em;
}

.sidebar-top-caption,
.sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image,
.sidebar-caption {
padding: 0.2em 0.4em 0;
line-height: 1.2em;
}

.sidebar-pretitle {
padding: 0.4em 0.4em 0;
line-height: 1.2em;
}

.sidebar-title,
.sidebar-title-with-pretitle {
padding: 0.2em 0.8em;
font-size: 145%;
line-height: 1.2em;
}

.sidebar-title-with-pretitle {
padding: 0.1em 0.4em;
}

.sidebar-image {
padding: 0.2em 0.4em 0.4em;
}

.sidebar-heading {
padding: 0.1em 0.4em;
}

.sidebar-content {
padding: 0 0.5em 0.4em;
}

.sidebar-content-with-subgroup {
padding: 0.1em 0.4em 0.2em;
}

.sidebar-above,
.sidebar-below {
padding: 0.3em 0.8em;
font-weight: bold;
}

.sidebar-collapse .sidebar-above,
.sidebar-collapse .sidebar-below {
border-top: 1px solid #aaa;
border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
}

.sidebar-navbar {
text-align: right;
font-size: 115%;
padding: 0 0.4em 0.4em;
}

.sidebar-list-title {
padding: 0 0.4em;
text-align: left;
font-weight: bold;
line-height: 1.6em;
font-size: 105%;
}

/* centered text with mw-collapsible headers is finicky */
.sidebar-list-title-c {
padding: 0 0.4em;
text-align: center;
margin: 0 3.3em;
}

@media (max-width: 720px) {
/* users have wide latitude to set arbitrary width and margin :(
"Super-specific" selector to prevent overriding this appearance by
lower level sidebars too */
body.mediawiki .sidebar {
width: 100% !important;
clear: both;
float: none !important; /* Remove when we div based; Minerva is dumb */
margin-left: 0 !important;
margin-right: 0 !important;
}
/* TODO: We might consider making all links wrap at small resolutions and then
* only introduce nowrap at higher resolutions. Do when we invert the media
* query.
*/
}

NS828:Navbox/styles.css

2025-09-25T23:32:05Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Navbox/styles.css to NS828:Navbox/styles.css without leaving a redirect

/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.navbox {
box-sizing: border-box;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
width: 100%;
clear: both;
font-size: 88%;
text-align: center;
padding: 1px;
margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */
}

.navbox .navbox {
margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */
}

.navbox + .navbox, /* TODO: remove first line after transclusions have updated */
.navbox + .navbox-styles + .navbox {
margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */
}

.navbox-inner,
.navbox-subgroup {
width: 100%;
}

.navbox-group,
.navbox-title,
.navbox-abovebelow {
padding: 0.25em 1em;
line-height: 1.5em;
text-align: center;
}

.navbox-group {
white-space: nowrap;
/* @noflip */
text-align: right;
}

.navbox,
.navbox-subgroup {
background-color: #fdfdfd;
}

.navbox-list {
line-height: 1.5em;
border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */
}

.navbox-list-with-group {
text-align: left;
border-left-width: 2px;
border-left-style: solid;
}

/* cell spacing for navbox cells */
/* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */
/* TODO: figure out how to replace tr as structure;
* with div structure it should be just a matter of first-child */
tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow,
tr + tr > .navbox-group,
tr + tr > .navbox-image,
tr + tr > .navbox-list {
border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */
}

.navbox-title {
background-color: #ccf; /* Level 1 color */
}

.navbox-abovebelow,
.navbox-group,
.navbox-subgroup .navbox-title {
background-color: #ddf; /* Level 2 color */
}

.navbox-subgroup .navbox-group,
.navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow {
background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */
}

.navbox-even {
background-color: #f7f7f7;
}

.navbox-odd {
background-color: transparent;
}

/* TODO: figure out how to remove reliance on td as structure */
.navbox .hlist td dl,
.navbox .hlist td ol,
.navbox .hlist td ul,
.navbox td.hlist dl,
.navbox td.hlist ol,
.navbox td.hlist ul {
padding: 0.125em 0;
}

.navbox .navbar {
display: block;
font-size: 100%;
}

.navbox-title .navbar {
/* @noflip */
float: left;
/* @noflip */
text-align: left;
/* @noflip */
margin-right: 0.5em;
}

NS828:Navbar/styles.css

2025-09-25T23:32:05Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Navbar/styles.css to NS828:Navbar/styles.css without leaving a redirect

/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
.navbar {
display: inline;
font-size: 88%;
font-weight: normal;
}

.navbar-collapse {
float: left;
text-align: left;
}

.navbar-boxtext {
word-spacing: 0;
}

.navbar ul {
display: inline-block;
white-space: nowrap;
line-height: inherit;
}

.navbar-brackets::before {
margin-right: -0.125em;
content: '[ ';
}

.navbar-brackets::after {
margin-left: -0.125em;
content: ' ]';
}

.navbar li {
word-spacing: -0.125em;
}

.navbar a > span,
.navbar a > abbr {
text-decoration: inherit;
}

.navbar-mini abbr {
font-variant: small-caps;
border-bottom: none;
text-decoration: none;
cursor: inherit;
}

.navbar-ct-full {
font-size: 114%;
margin: 0 7em;
}

.navbar-ct-mini {
font-size: 114%;
margin: 0 4em;
}

NS828:Message box/ombox.css

2025-09-25T23:32:04Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Message box/ombox.css to NS828:Message box/ombox.css without leaving a redirect

/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.ombox {
margin: 4px 0;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */
background-color: #f8f9fa;
box-sizing: border-box;
}

/* For the "small=yes" option. */
.ombox.mbox-small {
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

.ombox-speedy {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

.ombox-delete {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

.ombox-content {
border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

.ombox-style {
border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

.ombox-move {
border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

.ombox-protection {
border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

.ombox .mbox-text {
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
width: 100%;
}

.ombox .mbox-image {
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em;
text-align: center;
}

.ombox .mbox-imageright {
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0;
text-align: center;
}

/* An empty narrow cell */
.ombox .mbox-empty-cell {
border: none;
padding: 0;
width: 1px;
}

.ombox .mbox-invalid-type {
text-align: center;
}

@media (min-width: 720px) {
.ombox {
margin: 4px 10%;
}

.ombox.mbox-small {
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
margin: 4px 0 4px 1em;
width: 238px;
}
}

NS828:Hatnote/styles.css

2025-09-25T23:32:04Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Hatnote/styles.css to NS828:Hatnote/styles.css without leaving a redirect

/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.hatnote {
font-style: italic;
}

/* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */
div.hatnote {
/* @noflip */
padding-left: 1.6em;
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
}

.hatnote i {
font-style: normal;
}

/* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes.
* TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */
.hatnote + link + .hatnote {
margin-top: -0.5em;
}

NS828:Documentation/styles.css

2025-09-25T23:32:03Z

Move page script: Move page script moved page Broken/NS828:Documentation/styles.css to NS828:Documentation/styles.css without leaving a redirect

/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
.documentation,
.documentation-metadata {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #ecfcf4;
clear: both;
}

.documentation {
margin: 1em 0 0 0;
padding: 1em;
}

.documentation-metadata {
margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */
font-style: italic;
padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */
}

.documentation-startbox {
padding-bottom: 3px;
border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
margin-bottom: 1ex;
}

.documentation-heading {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 125%;
}

.documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */
clear: both;
}

.documentation-toolbar {
font-style: normal;
font-size: 85%;
}